US20220391482A1 - Digital identification credential user interfaces - Google Patents

Digital identification credential user interfaces Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220391482A1
US20220391482A1 US17/485,098 US202117485098A US2022391482A1 US 20220391482 A1 US20220391482 A1 US 20220391482A1 US 202117485098 A US202117485098 A US 202117485098A US 2022391482 A1 US2022391482 A1 US 2022391482A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
information
user
displaying
credential
digital
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US17/485,098
Other versions
US11526591B1 (en
Inventor
Haya Iris VILLANUEVA GAVIOLA
Antonio A. ALLEN
Mayura D. Deshpande
Thomas John Miller
Policarpo Bonilla Wood, JR.
Ho Cheung CHUNG
Gianpaolo Fasoli
Vinay Ganesh
Irene M. Graff
Martijn Theo Haring
Ahmer A. Khan
Franck Farian Rakotomalala
Gordon Scott
Christopher Sharp
David W. Silver
Ka Yang
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Apple Inc
Original Assignee
Apple Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Apple Inc filed Critical Apple Inc
Priority to US17/485,098 priority Critical patent/US11526591B1/en
Assigned to APPLE INC. reassignment APPLE INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DESHPANDE, MAYURA D., CHUNG, HO CHEUNG, GRAFF, IRENE M., HARING, Martijn Theo, GANESH, VINAY, RAKOTOMALALA, FRANCK FARIAN, ALLEN, ANTONIO A., FASOLI, GIANPAOLO, KHAN, Ahmer A., MILLER, THOMAS JOHN, SCOTT, GORDON, SHARP, CHRISTOPHER, SILVER, DAVID W., VILLANUEVA GAVIOLA, Haya Iris, WOOD, POLICARPO BONILLA, JR., YANG, KA
Priority to JP2023528157A priority patent/JP7450124B2/en
Priority to CN202310865934.0A priority patent/CN116991521B/en
Priority to EP22732745.9A priority patent/EP4226338A2/en
Priority to PCT/US2022/030567 priority patent/WO2022260851A2/en
Priority to CN202410869730.9A priority patent/CN118796327A/en
Priority to KR1020237018460A priority patent/KR20240019056A/en
Priority to CN202280007446.XA priority patent/CN116529788A/en
Publication of US20220391482A1 publication Critical patent/US20220391482A1/en
Publication of US11526591B1 publication Critical patent/US11526591B1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Priority to JP2024032427A priority patent/JP2024088633A/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/31User authentication
    • G06F21/32User authentication using biometric data, e.g. fingerprints, iris scans or voiceprints
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/40Spoof detection, e.g. liveness detection
    • G06V40/45Detection of the body part being alive
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/30Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
    • G06F21/31User authentication
    • G06F21/34User authentication involving the use of external additional devices, e.g. dongles or smart cards
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/60Protecting data
    • G06F21/604Tools and structures for managing or administering access control systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/016Input arrangements with force or tactile feedback as computer generated output to the user
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04842Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/50Maintenance of biometric data or enrolment thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials, including digital identification credentials.
  • Some techniques for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials using electronic devices are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
  • the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials.
  • Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials.
  • Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • a method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; means for, subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and means for, subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system
  • a computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satis
  • a method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; means for, in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; means for, subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and means for, in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device
  • a computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting
  • a method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a
  • a transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance
  • a computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; means for, while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; means for, in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first
  • a computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds
  • Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices.
  • Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1 B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 6 A- 6 AF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enrolling a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for enrolling a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8 A- 8 H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for using a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for using a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10 A- 10 J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing digital identification credentials in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11 A- 11 B illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method for managing digital identification credentials in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 1 A- 1 B, 2 , 3 , 4 A- 4 B, and 5 A- 5 B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications.
  • FIGS. 6 A- 6 AF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enrolling a digital identification credential.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of enrolling a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 6 A- 6 AF are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 7 .
  • FIGS. 8 A- 8 H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for using a digital identification credential.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of using a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS.
  • FIGS. 8 A- 8 H are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 9 .
  • FIGS. 10 A- 10 J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing digital identification credentials.
  • FIGS. 11 A- 11 B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing digital identification credentials in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 10 A- 10 J are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11 A- 11 B .
  • the processes described below enhance the operability of the devices and make the user-device interfaces more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) through various techniques, including by providing improved visual feedback to the user, reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation, providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls, performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input, providing improved and/or enhanced security, and/or additional techniques. These techniques also reduce power usage and improve battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met.
  • a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed.
  • first could be termed a second touch
  • first touch could be termed a first touch
  • second touch could be termed a first touch
  • the first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
  • if is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context.
  • phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Other portable electronic devices such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used.
  • the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad).
  • the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component.
  • the display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection.
  • the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system.
  • displaying includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content.
  • content e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 156
  • data e.g., image data or video data
  • an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
  • the device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • applications such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • the various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface.
  • One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
  • a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • FIG. 1 A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.”
  • Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122 , one or more processing units (CPUs) 120 , peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem 106 , other input control devices 116 , and external port 124 .
  • memory 102 which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums
  • memory controller 122 includes memory controller 122 , one or more processing units (CPUs) 120 , peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , input/output (I/O)
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164 .
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 ).
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 .
  • the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256).
  • Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
  • a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements).
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
  • intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
  • the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch.
  • a component e.g., a touch-sensitive surface
  • another component e.g., housing
  • the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad
  • the user is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button.
  • a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements.
  • movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users.
  • a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”)
  • the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices.
  • Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100 .
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102 .
  • the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)) and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 118 , CPU 120 , and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • an antenna system an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • the RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio.
  • NFC near field communication
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.
  • Audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100 .
  • Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111 .
  • Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118 .
  • audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 , FIG.
  • the headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • removable audio input/output peripherals such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100 , such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116 , to peripherals interface 118 .
  • I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156 , optical sensor controller 158 , depth camera controller 169 , intensity sensor controller 159 , haptic feedback controller 161 , and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116 .
  • the other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113 .
  • the one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206 , FIG. 2 ).
  • the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices.
  • the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display).
  • the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors 164 and/or one or more depth camera sensors 175 ), such as for tracking a user's gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input.
  • the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system.
  • a quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a longer press of the push button e.g., 206
  • the functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable.
  • Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112 .
  • Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
  • Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112 .
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images
  • a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments.
  • Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112 .
  • touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112 .
  • projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. patents: U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
  • the user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • device 100 in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Power system 162 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system e.g., a recharging system
  • a power failure detection circuit e.g., a power failure detection circuit
  • a power converter or inverter e.g., a power converter or inverter
  • a power status indicator e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • imaging module 143 also called a camera module
  • optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition.
  • an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
  • the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor).
  • a viewpoint e.g., a depth camera sensor
  • depth camera sensor 175 in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143 .
  • a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that the user's image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data.
  • the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device 100 .
  • the position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface).
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.
  • contact intensity information e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information
  • At least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 , which is located on the front of device 100 .
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118 .
  • proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser.
  • the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device).
  • Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100 .
  • At least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100 ).
  • at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch screen display 112 , which is located on the front of device 100 .
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168 .
  • FIG. 1 A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118 .
  • accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168 , a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100 .
  • GPS or GLONASS or other global navigation system
  • the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126 , communication module (or set of instructions) 128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130 , graphics module (or set of instructions) 132 , text input module (or set of instructions) 134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135 , and applications (or sets of instructions) 136 .
  • memory 102 FIG. 1 A or 370 ( FIG. 3 ) stores device/global internal state 157 , as shown in FIGS. 1 A and 3 .
  • Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and input control devices 116 ; and location information concerning the device's location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 126 e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks
  • Operating system 126 includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124 .
  • External port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
  • Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon).
  • at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware.
  • a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.
  • Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts).
  • a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern.
  • detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed.
  • graphics includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
  • graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156 .
  • Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100 .
  • Text input module 134 which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).
  • applications e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input.
  • GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • applications e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
  • Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138 , video conference module 139 , e-mail 140 , or IM 141 ; and so forth.
  • an address book or contact list e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 , including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name
  • telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.
  • video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143 .
  • the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages.
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • MMS Multimedia Message Service
  • XMPP extensible Markup Language
  • SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
  • IMPS Internet Messaging Protocol
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • create workouts e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals
  • communicate with workout sensors sports devices
  • receive workout sensor data calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout
  • select and play music for a workout and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102 .
  • image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • modify e.g., edit
  • present e.g., in a digital slide show or album
  • browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149 - 1 , stocks widget 149 - 2 , calculator widget 149 - 3 , alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , and dictionary widget 149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149 - 6 ).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • search criteria e.g., one or more user-specified search terms
  • video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ).
  • device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • maps e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data
  • online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264.
  • instant messaging module 141 is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • modules e.g., sets of instructions
  • These modules need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments.
  • video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152 , FIG. 1 A ).
  • memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
  • the predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces.
  • the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100 .
  • a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad.
  • the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 1 B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • memory 102 FIG. 1 A
  • 370 FIG. 3
  • event sorter 170 e.g., in operating system 126
  • application 136 - 1 e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137 - 151 , 155 , 380 - 390 ).
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136 - 1 and application view 191 of application 136 - 1 to which to deliver the event information.
  • Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes application internal state 192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing.
  • device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136 - 1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118 .
  • Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture).
  • Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166 , accelerometer(s) 168 , and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110 ).
  • Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173 .
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • the application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture.
  • hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event).
  • the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173 , event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182 .
  • operating system 126 includes event sorter 170 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes event sorter 170 .
  • event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102 , such as contact/motion module 130 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface.
  • Each application view 191 of the application 136 - 1 includes one or more event recognizers 180 .
  • a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180 .
  • one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136 - 1 inherits methods and other properties.
  • a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176 , object updater 177 , GUI updater 178 , and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170 .
  • Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 , object updater 177 , or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192 .
  • one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190 .
  • one or more of data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191 .
  • a respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179 ) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information.
  • Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184 .
  • event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183 , and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170 .
  • the event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event.
  • event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186 .
  • Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ), event 2 ( 187 - 2 ), and others.
  • sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching.
  • the definition for event 1 is a double tap on a displayed object.
  • the double tap for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase.
  • the definition for event 2 is a dragging on a displayed object.
  • the dragging for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end).
  • the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190 .
  • event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object.
  • event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112 , event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • the definition for a respective event also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186 , the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190 .
  • Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.
  • event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136 - 1 .
  • data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137 , or stores a video file used in video player module.
  • object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136 - 1 .
  • object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object.
  • GUI updater 178 updates the GUI.
  • GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
  • event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 .
  • data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136 - 1 or application view 191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens.
  • mouse movement and mouse button presses optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200 .
  • UI user interface
  • a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
  • selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
  • the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100 .
  • inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic.
  • a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204 .
  • menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100 .
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112 .
  • device 100 includes touch screen 112 , menu button 204 , push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210 , headset jack 212 , and docking/charging external port 124 .
  • Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process.
  • device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113 .
  • Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100 .
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Device 300 need not be portable.
  • device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller).
  • Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces 360 , memory 370 , and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components.
  • Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components.
  • Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340 , which is typically a touch screen display.
  • I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355 , tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A ), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A ).
  • I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355 , tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1 A ), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to
  • Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310 . In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 .
  • memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380 , presentation module 382 , word processing module 384 , website creation module 386 , disk authoring module 388 , and/or spreadsheet module 390 , while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1 A ) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices.
  • Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
  • the above-identified modules or computer programs e.g., sets of instructions or including instructions
  • memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • FIG. 4 A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300 .
  • user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4 A are merely exemplary.
  • icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.”
  • Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons.
  • a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon.
  • a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • FIG. 4 B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112 ).
  • Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300 .
  • one or more contact intensity sensors e.g., one or more of sensors 359
  • tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300 .
  • the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4 B .
  • the touch-sensitive surface e.g., 451 in FIG. 4 B
  • the touch-sensitive surface has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4 B ) on the display (e.g., 450 ).
  • the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG.
  • finger inputs e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures
  • one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input).
  • a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact).
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
  • FIG. 5 A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500 .
  • Device 500 includes body 502 .
  • device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1 A- 4 B ).
  • device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504 , hereafter touch screen 504 .
  • touch screen 504 or the touch-sensitive surface
  • touch screen 504 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied.
  • the one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches.
  • the user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500 .
  • Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508 .
  • Input mechanisms 506 and 508 can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms.
  • device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.
  • FIG. 5 B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500 .
  • device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1 A, 1 B , and 3 .
  • Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518 .
  • I/O section 514 can be connected to display 504 , which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor).
  • I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
  • Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508 .
  • Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example.
  • Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
  • Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples.
  • Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532 , accelerometer 534 , directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536 , motion sensor 538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514 .
  • sensors such as GPS sensor 532 , accelerometer 534 , directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536 , motion sensor 538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514 .
  • Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 700 , 900 , and 1100 ( FIGS. 7 , 9 , and 11 A- 11 B ).
  • a computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium.
  • the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like.
  • Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
  • the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100 , 300 , and/or 500 ( FIGS. 1 A, 3 , and 5 A- 5 B ).
  • an image e.g., icon
  • a button e.g., button
  • text e.g., hyperlink
  • the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting.
  • the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • a touch screen display e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG.
  • a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • an input e.g., a press input by the contact
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element
  • focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
  • the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact).
  • a focus selector e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box
  • a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact).
  • a predefined time period e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds
  • a characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
  • the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time).
  • the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user.
  • the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold.
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation.
  • a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices 100 , 300 , and/or 500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device.
  • a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system.
  • open application or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state 157 and/or application internal state 192 ).
  • An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
  • closing an application refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application.
  • UI user interfaces
  • portable multifunction device 100 such as portable multifunction device 100 , device 300 , or device 500 .
  • FIGS. 6 A- 6 AF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enrolling a digital credential, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 6 A depicts electronic device 600 , which is a smartphone with touch-sensitive display 602 .
  • electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100 , 300 , and/or 500 .
  • Electronic device 600 depicts wallet user interface 604 .
  • Wallet user interface 604 includes representations of digital credentials 606 A- 606 E that are stored on electronic device 600 (e.g., in a secure element of electronic device 600 ).
  • Digital credential representations 606 A- 606 E include digital payment credential representations 606 A- 606 C (e.g., digital credentials that can be used to make payments for goods and services), and digital access credential representations 606 D- 606 E (e.g., digital credentials that can be used for a user to gain access to goods and services, such as airline flights, events, and the like).
  • Wallet user interface 604 also includes option 606 F that is selectable to initiate a process for adding a new digital credential to electronic device 600 (e.g., for enrolling a new digital credential on electronic device 600 ).
  • electronic device detects user input 608 corresponding to selection of option 606 F.
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 610 .
  • User interface 610 includes a plurality of options 612 A- 612 E for adding different types of digital credentials to electronic device 600 (e.g., enrolling different types of digital credentials on electronic device 600 ).
  • Option 612 A is selectable to apply for a new digital payment credential (e.g., apply for a new payment card that will be added as a digital payment credential).
  • Option 612 B is selectable to add a digital account balance credential to electronic device 600 .
  • Option 612 C is selectable to add a digital payment credential to electronic device 600 .
  • Option 612 D is selectable to add a digital transit credential to electronic device 600 .
  • Option 612 E is selectable to add a digital identification credential to electronic device 600 .
  • User interface 610 also includes option 612 F that is selectable to close user interface 610 , and return to wallet user interface 604 .
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 614 corresponding to selection of option 612 E.
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 616 .
  • User interface 616 includes option 618 L that is selectable to close user interface 616 and return to wallet user interface 604 , and option 618 M that is selectable to return to user interface 610 .
  • User interface 616 also includes geographic region options 618 A- 618 K that are selectable by a user to indicate a geographic region for the digital identification credential the user wishes to add to electronic device 600 .
  • geographic region options 618 A- 618 K correspond to respective different states.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 620 corresponding to selection of geographic option 618 A, which corresponds to the geographic region (e.g., state) of Georgia.
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 622 .
  • User interface 622 includes option 624 A that is selectable to cease displaying user interface 622 and return to user interface 616 .
  • User interface 622 also includes options 624 B- 624 C.
  • Option 624 B is selectable to enroll the new digital identification credential on electronic device 600 and an additional electronic device (in this case, a smartwatch (e.g., a smartwatch corresponding to and/or associated with electronic device 600 ).
  • Option 624 C is selectable to enroll the new digital identification credential on only electronic device 600 , without enrolling the new digital identification credential on any other electronic devices.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 626 corresponding to selection of option 624 B.
  • electronic device 600 displays physical identification capture user interface 627 .
  • Physical identification capture user interface 627 includes cancel option 628 B that is selectable to close physical identification capture user interface 627 and return to wallet user interface 604 (e.g., selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential).
  • Physical identification capture user interface 627 also includes instructions 628 A instructing a user to use a camera on electronic device 600 to capture an image of the front of a physical identification credential (e.g., a physical identification card) corresponding to the digital identification credential the user wishes to add to electronic device 600 .
  • identification capture user interface 627 automatically includes a viewfinder of a camera of electronic device 600 .
  • the user has placed physical identification credential 630 in front of the camera of electronic device 600 , and physical identification capture user interface 627 displays camera capture region 628 C, which depicts image data being captured and/or received (e.g., a viewfinder) via the camera of electronic device 600 .
  • electronic device 600 detects that the front of physical identification credential 630 is in a field-of-view of the camera (e.g., detects that camera capture region 628 C depicts an object that has a shape that is recognized as potentially being a physical identification credential), and automatically captures an image of the front of physical identification credential 630 .
  • physical identification capture user interface 627 includes a shutter button so that the user can provide a user input for electronic device 600 to capture the image of the front of physical identification credential 630 .
  • user interface 627 displays the captured image in camera capture region 628 C.
  • User interface 627 also displays option 628 D that is selectable to indicate that the captured image is acceptable (e.g., is sufficiently clear and captures the front of physical identification credential 630 ), and option 628 E that is selectable to return to user interface 627 of FIG. 6 F in order to capture a new image of the front of physical identification credential 630 .
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 632 corresponding to selection of option 628 D.
  • electronic device 600 updates user interface 627 with updated instructions 628 F, which instruct a user to take a picture of a back side of physical identification credential 630 .
  • the user has flipped over physical identification credential 630 , and camera capture region 628 C again depicts image data being captured and/or received via the camera of electronic device 600 .
  • electronic device 600 detects that the back of physical identification credential 630 is in the field-of-view of the camera (e.g., detects that camera capture region 628 C depicts an object that has a shape that is recognized as potentially being a physical identification credential), and automatically captures an image of the back of physical identification credential 630 .
  • user interface 627 includes a shutter button so that the user can provide a user input for electronic device 600 to capture the image of the back of physical identification credential 630 .
  • user interface 627 displays the captured image in camera capture region 628 C.
  • User interface 627 also displays option 628 G that is selectable to indicate that the captured image is acceptable (e.g., is sufficiently clear and captures the back of physical identification credential 630 ), and option 628 H that is selectable to return to user interface 627 of FIG. 6 H in order to capture a new image of the back of physical identification credential 630 .
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 634 corresponding to selection of option 628 G.
  • liveness check user interface 636 in response to user input 634 , electronic device 600 displays liveness check user interface 636 .
  • liveness check user interface 636 includes option 638 A that is selectable to close liveness check user interface 636 and return to wallet user interface 604 (e.g., selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential).
  • Liveness check user interface 636 also includes option 638 B that is selectable to proceed with providing liveness check information, and proceed with enrolling the new digital identification credential on electronic device 600 .
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 640 corresponding to selection of option 638 B.
  • electronic device 600 updates liveness check user interface 636 to display camera capture region 638 C depicting image data being captured and/or received via a camera of electronic device 600 (e.g., camera 639 , a front/user facing camera), along with an instruction for the user to position his or her face within the frame of the camera.
  • camera capture region 638 C depicts an image of the user's face as it is being captured by camera 639 .
  • electronic device 600 updates liveness check user interface 636 to include instructions 638 D, which instruct a user to provide liveness check information by performing one or more gestures.
  • the one or more gestures are selected (e.g., randomly or pseudo-randomly selected) from a plurality of possible gestures.
  • instructions 638 D instruct the user to turn his or her head to the right until the user feels electronic device 600 vibrate.
  • User interface 636 also includes demonstration 638 E, which depicts an animated (e.g., moving) demonstration of the gesture instructed by instructions 638 D.
  • User interface 636 also includes option 638 F that is selectable to reveal various accessibility options.
  • the accessibility options include, for example, an option to change the gesture (e.g., in case the user is not physically able to perform the requested gesture), and/or an option that allows a user to dictate when electronic device 600 begins detecting the instructed gesture.
  • demonstration 638 E progresses to show a demonstration avatar turning its head to the right.
  • demonstration 638 E further progresses to show the demonstration avatar turning its head to the right.
  • electronic device 600 replaces demonstration 638 E with camera capture region 638 C.
  • electronic device 600 replaces demonstration 638 E with camera capture region 638 C after demonstration 638 E has been displayed for a threshold period of time, and/or after demonstration 638 E has demonstrated the instructed gesture a predefined number of times, and/or in response to a user input (e.g., a user input indicating that the user is ready to perform the instructed gesture).
  • a user input e.g., a user input indicating that the user is ready to perform the instructed gesture.
  • FIGS. 6 P- 6 R illustrate a first example scenario in which the user successfully performs the instructed gesture of turning his or head to the run until electronic device 600 vibrates.
  • camera capture region 638 C depicts the user turning his or her head to the right
  • user interface 636 depicts confirmation 638 G indicating that the requested gesture has been detected
  • electronic device 600 outputs a tactile output (e.g., a haptic output, a vibration) indicating that the requested gesture has been detected.
  • the determination of whether or not the user has performed the instructed gesture is made based on a machine learning model (e.g., a machine learning model stored on electronic device 600 ).
  • FIG. 6 S illustrates a second example scenario in which the user does not perform the instructed gesture.
  • electronic device 600 in accordance with a determination that the instructed gesture has not been detected after a threshold duration of time (e.g., after camera capture region 638 C has been displayed for a threshold duration of time and/or instruction 638 D has been displayed for a threshold duration of time), replaces display of camera capture region 638 C with demonstration 638 E.
  • Electronic device 600 also displays option 638 H, which is selectable by a user to request a different gesture.
  • electronic device 600 displays indication 6381 indicating that the instructed gesture was not detected.
  • Electronic device 600 also displays option 638 J, which is selectable to re-try the previously instructed gesture, and option 638 K, which is selectable to request a different gesture.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 642 corresponding to selection of option 638 K.
  • electronic device 600 updates liveness check user interface 636 by updating instructions 638 D to instruct the user to perform a different gesture.
  • instructions 638 D now instruct the user to smile until the user feels electronic device 600 vibrate.
  • Demonstration 638 E is also updated with a demonstration of the new gesture.
  • liveness check user interface 636 also includes a new option 638 L that is selectable by a user to indicate that the user is ready to perform the requested gesture.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 644 corresponding to selection of option 638 L.
  • electronic device 600 in response to user input 644 , replaces demonstration 638 E with camera capture region 638 C, which shows image data being captured by camera 639 .
  • electronic device 600 determines that the instructed gesture (in this case, a smile gesture), has been detected, and electronic device 600 displays gesture confirmation indication 638 M, and outputs a tactile output (e.g., vibration).
  • electronic device 600 in response to electronic device 600 determining that the instructed gesture has been detected, electronic device completes a liveness check portion of the enrollment process, and displays identity check user interface 648 , including option 638 N that is selectable to proceed with an identity check portion of enrollment.
  • electronic device detects user input 646 corresponding to selection of option 638 N.
  • Identity check user interface 648 includes option 650 A that is selectable to close identity check user interface 648 and return to wallet user interface 604 (e.g., selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential).
  • Identity check user interface 648 also includes camera capture region 650 C, which depicts image data being received and/or captured via camera 639 of electronic device 600 , flash option 650 D that is selectable to turn a flash on or off, and shutter button 650 E that is selectable to capture an image.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 652 corresponding to selection of shutter button 650 E.
  • the identity check portion of the enrollment process includes comparing the self-image of the user taken in FIG. 6 Y with one or more frames of the video captured as part of the liveness check portion of the enrollment process (e.g., FIGS. 6 M- 6 W ) to ensure and/or determine that the user performing the gesture(s) in the liveness check portion is the same user that is depicted in the self-image of the identity check portion.
  • the identity check portion of the enrollment process includes (e.g., also includes) comparing the self-image of the user taken in FIG. 6 Y with an image of the user depicted on the physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., physical identification credential 630 ).
  • a third party e.g., a state and/or government agency confirms that the user depicted in the self-photo matches a user depicted on the physical identification credential. By performing these identity checks, it can be confirmed that the person performing the gestures in the liveness check is the same person that is depicted on the physical identification credential (e.g., in some embodiments, without transmitting any portion of the liveness check video to any external computer system and/or third party).
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 654 .
  • User interface 654 includes notification 656 A that informs a user that some of the information that was received during the enrollment process will be transmitted a third party. Notification 656 A identifies what pieces of information will be transmitted to the third party (e.g., front of driver's license, back of driver's license, and the self-photo captured during the identity check portion of enrollment).
  • User interface 654 includes cancel option 650 A that is selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential, and option 656 B that is selectable to proceed with enrollment of the new digital identification credential, including transmitting the identified information to the third party.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 658 corresponding to selection of option 656 B.
  • electronic device displays user interface 660 .
  • User interface 660 includes notification 662 A that informs a user that the digital identification credential will be bound to a biometric profile (e.g., a facial scan profile, a fingerprint scan profile, and/or an eye scan profile) and that biometric authentication will be required to use the digital identification credential after it is enrolled on electronic device 600 .
  • User interface 660 includes cancel option 650 A that is selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential, and option 662 B that is selectable to proceed with enrollment of the new digital identification credential, including binding the new digital identification credential to a biometric profile.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 664 corresponding to selection of option 662 B.
  • the new digital identification credential will be bound to (e.g., associated with) a facial scan profile.
  • electronic device 600 captures facial scan information (e.g., via camera 639 and/or other input devices in communication with electronic device 600 ).
  • Electronic device 600 determines whether the captured facial scan information matches a biometric profile (e.g., a facial scan profile) stored on electronic device 600 . In some embodiments, if the captured facial scan information does not match a biometric profile on electronic device 600 , enrollment of the new digital identification credential fails and/or electronic device 600 requests that the user provide facial scan information again.
  • a biometric profile e.g., a facial scan profile
  • the new digital identification credential is bound to that biometric profile (without being bound to any other biometric profile stored on electronic device 600 ).
  • biometric information corresponding to the particular biometric profile must be provided each time a user wishes to use the digital identification credential.
  • electronic device 600 displays indication 662 C to indicate that biometric information has been received, and is being compared to and/or matched with biometric profiles stored on electronic device 600 .
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 666 indicating that information is being transmitted to a third party.
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 668 indicating that the user's identity has been verified by the third party.
  • the third party verifies the user's identity by comparing an image depicted on physical identification credential 630 with the self-image taken of the user during the identity check process (e.g., FIG. 6 Y ).
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 670 which displays indication 672 A that the digital identification credential has been successfully added to electronic device 600 , and a corresponding smartwatch.
  • User interface 670 also includes option 672 B that is selectable to close user interface 670 .
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 674 corresponding to selection of option 672 B.
  • electronic device 600 displays wallet user interface 604 , which now includes a representation of digital identification credential 606 G, as well as confirmation indication 676 indicating that the new digital identification credential has been successfully added to electronic device 600 .
  • the digital identification credential stored on electronic device 600 includes all information that is associated with physical identification credential 300 (e.g., all information that is verifiable using and/or provided by physical identification credential 300 ).
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for enrolling a digital identification credential using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 700 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display); a mouse; a keyboard; a camera; and/or a remote control).
  • a display generation component e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)
  • input devices e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a
  • method 700 provides an intuitive way for enrolling a digital identification credential.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for enrolling a digital identification credential, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • the computer system detects ( 702 ), via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs (e.g., one or more tap user inputs and/or one or more non-tap user inputs) (e.g., 608 , 614 ) corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • one or more user inputs e.g., one or more tap user inputs and/or one or more non-tap user inputs
  • 608 , 614 e.g., 608 , 614
  • the computer system displays ( 706 ), via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface (e.g., 636 ) including one or more (e.g., textual, graphical, and/or audio) directions for a user to provide liveness check information (e.g., 638 D, 638 E).
  • a liveness check user interface e.g., 636
  • the one or more directions include one or more directions for the user to perform a gesture (e.g., one or more directions to perform a gesture in front of a camera and/or capture the gesture using the camera).
  • the computer system receives ( 708 ), via the one or more input devices, liveness check information (e.g., 638 C) (e.g., image and/or video information captured by a camera).
  • liveness check information e.g., 638 C
  • the liveness check information is received while displaying the liveness check user interface.
  • the computer system displays ( 710 ), via the display generation component, an identity check user interface (e.g., 648 ) including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information (e.g., 648 in FIG. 6 X instructing the user to take a photo of themselves).
  • the one or more directions include one or more directions for the user to capture an image of a physical identification credential (e.g., a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential the user has requested to add to the computer system) (e.g., using a camera).
  • the one or more directions include one or more directions for the user to capture a self-photograph (e.g., capture an image of the user).
  • the computer system receives ( 712 ), via the one or more input devices, identity check information (e.g., 628 C (e.g., photos of front and/or back of physical identification credential), 650 C (e.g., photo of user)) (e.g., image information captured by a camera).
  • identity check information e.g., 628 C (e.g., photos of front and/or back of physical identification credential), 650 C (e.g., photo of user)
  • identity check information is received while displaying the identity check user interface.
  • the liveness check information and the identity check information ( 714 ), and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria (e.g., image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., the liveness check information) matches one or more gestures that were instructed in the liveness check user interface) and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria ( 716 ) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information and/or identity check information) matches and/or corresponds to an image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that a third party has provided verification that image information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information and/or identity check information) matches and/or corresponds to the image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a
  • the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria (e.g., image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., the liveness check information) does not match one or more gestures that were instructed in the liveness check user interface) and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria ( 720 ) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information) does not match and/or correspond to an image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that a third party has not provided verification that image information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information) matches and/or corresponds to the image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that one or more self-
  • the set of liveness check criteria e.g., image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g
  • the computer system displays a visual indication that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identify check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria. Forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system if the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or the identity check information does not satisfy the identity check criteria provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • the computer system displays (e.g., concurrently displays), via the display generation component: a first option (e.g., 624 B) that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system and a first external electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device different and/or separate from the computer system) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) (e.g., a first option that is selectable to initiate a process for adding the digital identification credential to the computer system and the first external electronic device); and a second option (e.g., 624 C) that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system without adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device (e.g., corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to only the computer system) (e.g., a second option that is selectable to initiate a process for adding the digital identification credential to the
  • Displaying a first option that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system and the first external electronic device, and a second option that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system without adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device allows a user to specify which devices should store the digital identification credential without the need for the user to perform the various security procedures to again to add the digital identification credential to both devices, thereby reducing the number of required user inputs.
  • the computer system receives a first selection input (e.g., 626 ) (e.g., one or more tap user inputs and/or one or more non-tap user inputs).
  • a first selection input e.g., 626
  • the computer system receives a first selection input (e.g., 626 ) (e.g., one or more tap user inputs and/or one or more non-tap user inputs).
  • the computer system subsequent to receiving the liveness check information (e.g., 638 C) and the identity check information (e.g., 628 C and/or 650 C), and in accordance with a determination that the first selection input corresponds to selection of the first option, that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria, and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) adds the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device (e.g., FIGS. 6 AE- 6 AF , adding the digital identification credential to the smartwatch in addition to electronic device 600 ).
  • the first external electronic device e.g., FIGS. 6 AE- 6 AF
  • the computer system subsequent to receiving the liveness check information (e.g., 638 C) and the identity check information (e.g., 628 C and/or 650 C), and in accordance with a determination that the first selection input corresponds to selection of the second option (e.g., even if the liveness check and identity check are satisfied; and/or regardless of whether liveness check and identity check are satisfied), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) forgoes adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device. In some embodiments, the computer system forgoes adding the digital identification credential to any electronic device other than the computer system.
  • the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, information (e.g., 628 C) about (e.g., taking an image and/or a photograph of and/or reading information from the physical identification credential via NFC) (e.g., via a camera of the computer system and/or via an NFC reader of the computer system) a physical identification credential (e.g., 630 ) (e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport) corresponding to the digital identification credential.
  • information e.g., 628 C
  • information e.g., 628 C
  • a physical identification credential e.g., 630
  • a physical driver's license e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport
  • the computer system receives first information about (e.g., a first scan of) the physical identification credential (e.g., a scan of the front of the physical identification credential) and receives second information about (e.g., a second scan of) the physical identification credential (e.g., a scan of the back of the physical identification credential).
  • first information about e.g., a first scan of
  • second information about e.g., a second scan of the physical identification credential
  • Receiving information about the physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential enables the computer system to have access to information about the user, thereby providing enhanced security and helping to prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • the one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information includes one or more directions instructing a user to perform a predefined gesture (e.g., a first predefined gesture selected from a plurality of predefined gestures and/or performed within a field of view of a camera of the computer system).
  • receiving liveness check information includes receiving video content (e.g., 638 C) (e.g., recording video content and/or receiving video content recorded by (e.g., using a camera of) the computer system) (e.g., video content captured by a camera subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide liveness check information).
  • the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria includes a determination that the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, the determination that the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture is performed based on a machine learning model. In some embodiments, the set of liveness check criteria includes a first criterion that is not satisfied if the video does not depict a user performing the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, the one or more directions for the user to provide liveness check information includes a demonstration (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the predefined gesture. Determining whether the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • a demonstration e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration
  • the predefined gesture includes one or more head movements (e.g., turn head up, down, left, and/or right; and/or tilt head left and/or right) (e.g., FIGS. 6 M- 6 W ). Determining whether the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture, including one or more head movements, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • head movements e.g., turn head up, down, left, and/or right; and/or tilt head left and/or right
  • the predefined gesture includes one or more facial movements (e.g., smile, frown, open mouth, open eyes, close eyes, and/or raise eyebrows) (e.g., FIGS. 6 U- 6 W ). Determining whether the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture, including one or more facial movements, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • facial movements e.g., smile, frown, open mouth, open eyes, close eyes, and/or raise eyebrows
  • displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide liveness check information includes displaying, via the display generation component, a demonstration (e.g., 638 E) (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the predefined gesture.
  • a demonstration e.g., 638 E
  • Displaying a demonstration of the predefined gesture provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device is detecting the predefined gesture that is displayed in the demonstration).
  • the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a video capture user interface (e.g., 638 C in FIG. 6 P ) that depicts video content being captured (e.g., a viewfinder) by a camera (e.g., a camera that is in communication with the computer system and/or a camera of the computer system).
  • a video capture user interface e.g., 638 C in FIG. 6 P
  • a camera e.g., a camera that is in communication with the computer system and/or a camera of the computer system.
  • the computer system while displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture, the computer system detects and/or determines that the demonstration of the predefined gesture has been displayed for a threshold period of time; and in response to detecting and/or determining that the demonstration of the predefined gesture has been displayed for the threshold period of time, the computer system displays the video capture user interface (e.g., replaces display of the demonstration of the predefined gesture with the video capture user interface). Displaying a video capture user interface that depicts video content being captured by the camera provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device is capturing video content).
  • the computer system re-displays, via the display generation component, the demonstration of the predefined gesture (e.g., 638 E in FIG. 6 S ).
  • the computer system in accordance with a determination that the predefined gesture has been detected (e.g., has been detected as being depicted in the video content captured by the camera) prior to the video capture user interface being displayed for the second threshold period of time, the computer system outputs an indication that the predefined gesture has been detected (e.g., a visual output, an audio output, and/or a haptic output). Re-displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture if the predefined gesture has not been detected for a threshold period of time provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has not detected the predefined gesture).
  • an indication that the predefined gesture has been detected e.g., a visual output, an audio output, and/or a haptic output.
  • the computer system subsequent to receiving the video content (e.g., 638 E), and in response to determining that the video content depicts the user successfully performing the predefined gesture, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) outputs a haptic output (e.g., FIG. 6 R , electronic device 600 outputs a haptic output) (e.g., a haptic output indicating that the computer system has determined that a user has successfully performed the predefined gesture).
  • the computer system outputs the haptic output while displaying the video content being captured (e.g., a viewfinder) by a camera.
  • Providing a haptic output when the computer system determines that the video content depicts the user performing the predefined gesture provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has detected the predefined gesture).
  • the liveness check information (e.g., 638 C) is captured by the computer system (e.g., 600 ) (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system and/or a camera of the computer system) and is stored on the computer system (e.g., and is not transmitted to any external device by the computer system); and the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria or does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria is performed on the computer system without the computer system transmitting the liveness check information to an external device.
  • the computer system e.g., 600
  • the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria or does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria is performed on the computer system without the computer system transmitting the liveness check information to an external device.
  • the liveness check information e.g., captured video content
  • a machine learning model trained to determine whether or not the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria e.g., trained to determine whether captured video content depicts a user performing one or more predefined gestures
  • the liveness check determination can be performed locally on the computer system without transmitting the liveness check information to an external device.
  • Performing the liveness check locally on the computer system without transmitting liveness check information to any external device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data.
  • the computer system detects a first set of user inputs (e.g., 644 ) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to a request to initiate capture of video content, wherein receiving the video content comprises capturing video content in response to detecting the first set of user inputs (e.g., displaying camera capture region 638 C in response to user input 644 in FIG. 6 V ).
  • capturing video content includes initiating capture of video content by a camera (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system).
  • the computer system in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, displays a video capture user interface that depicts video content being captured by the camera.
  • displaying the liveness check user interface includes displaying a demonstration (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the predefined gesture.
  • displaying the liveness check user interface includes displaying (e.g., repeatedly displaying) the demonstration of the predefined gesture until the first set of user inputs corresponding to the request to initiate video capture is detected.
  • the computer system in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, ceases displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture.
  • capture of video content is not initiated (e.g., video content is not recorded and/or stored and/or the camera is not activated) until a set of user inputs corresponding to a request to initiate video capture is detected.
  • Initiating capture of video content by a camera in response to a set of user inputs corresponding to a request to initiate video capture allows a user to control when video capture is initiated, thereby providing additional control of the device.
  • Providing additional control of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of inputs (e.g., 642 ) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to a request to select a different predefined gesture.
  • a second set of inputs e.g., 642
  • the second set of inputs is detected subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions instructions a user to perform the predefined gesture.
  • the computer system e.g., 600
  • displays one or more directions e.g., 638 D in FIG.
  • the computer system in response to detecting the second set of inputs, ceases displaying the one or more directions instructing a user to perform the predefined gesture.
  • displaying the one or more directions instructing a user to perform the second predefined gesture includes a demonstration (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the second predefined gesture. Displaying one or more directions instructing a user to perform a second predefined gesture different from the predefined gesture provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device is now detecting (or preparing to detect) the second predefined gesture).
  • the computer system determines that the predefined gesture has not been detected for a third threshold period of time (e.g., 20 seconds or 30 seconds) (e.g., a threshold period of time since displaying the one or more directions instructing the user to perform the predefined gesture and/or a threshold period of time after initiating video capture (e.g., after activating a camera and/or displaying a video capture user interface)) (e.g., determining that video content captured by a camera does not depict a user performing the predefined gesture).
  • the third threshold period of time is the same as the second threshold period of time.
  • the computer system in response to determining that the predefined gesture has not been detected for the third threshold period of time, displays a third option (e.g., 638 H) that is selectable to initiate a process to request a different predefined gesture (e.g., a different predefined gesture of the plurality of predefined gestures).
  • a third option e.g., 638 H
  • the user selects the third option to cause the computer system to provide the different predefined gesture for use in the liveness check.
  • the computer system while displaying the third option, detects, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the third option; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the third option, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, one or more directions instructing a user to performed a third predefined gesture different from the predefined gesture, and, optionally, ceases displaying the one or more directions instructing the user to perform the predefined gesture and/or ceases displaying a video capture user interface.
  • Displaying a third option that is selectable to initiate a process for requesting a different predefined gesture in response to determining that the predefined gesture has not been detected for the third threshold period of time provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has not yet detected the predefined gesture).
  • receiving the identity check information includes receiving one or more photographs (e.g., 650 C) captured by a camera (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system) (e.g., the same camera used to capture video content for the liveness check information) (e.g., one or more photographs captured by a camera subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide identity check information).
  • a camera e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system
  • the same camera used to capture video content for the liveness check information e.g., one or more photographs captured by a camera subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide identity check information.
  • the one or more directions for the user to provide identity check information includes one or more directions for the user to capture a self-photograph (e.g., capture an image of the user) (e.g., using a camera (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system) (e.g., the same camera used to capture video content for the liveness check information)).
  • a self-photograph e.g., capture an image of the user
  • a camera e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system
  • the determination that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that the video content (e.g., 638 C) of the liveness check information depicts the same user as the one or more photographs (e.g., 650 C) of the identity check information (e.g., the determination that the identity check satisfies the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that one or more frames of the video content that is part of the liveness check information depict the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information) (e.g., based on a machine learning model).
  • the determination that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that the video content that is part of the liveness check information does not depict the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information (e.g., the determination that the identity check does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that one or more frames of the video content that is part of the liveness check information do not depict the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information).
  • Determining whether the video content that is part of the liveness check information depicts the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from adding the digital identification credential to his or her device).
  • the computer system e.g., 600 ) initiates a process for transmitting credential authentication information corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a subset of the identity check information, one or more self-photographs captured as part of the identity check information, and/or one or more scans of a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport)) to an external electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device associated with a third party (e.g., a third party associated with and/or corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a third party that issued and/or authorized a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential))) (e.g., FIG. 600 ) initiates a process for transmitting credential authentication information corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a subset of the identity check information, one or more self-photograph
  • Transmitting credential authentication information corresponding to the digital identification credential to an external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from adding the digital identification credential to his or her device).
  • initiating the process for transmitting credential authentication information to the external electronic device includes, prior to transmitting the credential authentication information to the external electronic device, displaying, via the display generation component, a notification (e.g., 654 , 656 A) that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party.
  • displaying the notification that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party includes displaying a notification identifying the information that will be transmitted to the third party (e.g., one or more self-photographs captured as part of the identity check information and/or one or more scans of a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential).
  • displaying the notification that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party includes displaying a notification identifying the third party. Displaying a notification that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device will imminently transmit credential authentication information to a third party).
  • the computer system in accordance with the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check criteria, binds the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 6 AA- 6 AB ) (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan).
  • binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system includes binding the digital identification credential to a single biometric profile stored on the computer system without binding the digital identification credential to any other biometric profiles stored on the computer system.
  • the computer system stores multiple biometric profiles that have access to unlock the computer system and have access to one or more of the same credentials (e.g., of payment accounts) of the computer system.
  • binding the digital identification credential to a particular biometric profile limits access to the digital identification credential to just that particular biometric profile. Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes: receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information (e.g., FIGS. 6 AA- 6 AB ) (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan) (e.g., biometric information captured after the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check information and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check information); determining that the received biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a first biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., a first biometric profile of a plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system); and in response to determining that the received biometric information corresponds to the first biometric profile, binding the digital identification credential to the first biometric profile (e.g., binding the digital identification credential to only the first biometric profile and/or without binding the digital identification credential to any
  • binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes: receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan) (e.g., biometric information captured after the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check information and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check information); and in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a first biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., a first biometric profile of a plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system), binding the digital identification credential to the first biometric profile (without binding the digital identification credential to the second biometric profile); and in accordance with a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a second biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g.,
  • binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes binding the digital identification credential to a first facial scan profile of a plurality of facial scan profiles stored on the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 6 AA- 6 AB ) (in some embodiments, without binding the digital identification credential to any other facial scan profiles of the plurality of facial scan profiles stored on the computer system). Binding the digital identification credential to a facial scan biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes binding the digital identification credential to a first fingerprint scan profile of a plurality of fingerprint scan profiles stored on the computer system (in some embodiments, without binding the digital identification credential to any other fingerprint scan profiles of the plurality of fingerprint scan profiles stored on the computer system). Binding the digital identification credential to a fingerprint scan biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of user inputs (e.g., 620 ) (e.g., entry on a displayed keyboard, and/or selection from a list) identifying (e.g., selecting) a geographic region (e.g., a state, a county, a country, a continent and/or a city) associated with the digital identification credential (e.g., FIG. 6 C ).
  • a geographic region e.g., a state, a county, a country, a continent and/or a city
  • Receiving a set of inputs identifying a geographic region associated with the digital identification credential provides a means for selection by the user. Otherwise, additional inputs would be required for the user to specify a digital identification credential that the user wishes to add to the computer system.
  • methods 900 and 1100 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 700 .
  • the digital identification credential that is enrolled in method 700 may be the digital identification credential that is used in method 900 and/or that is managed in method 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • FIGS. 8 A- 8 H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for using a digital credential, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 8 A depicts electronic device 600 , which is a smartphone with touch-sensitive display 602 .
  • electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100 , 300 , and/or 500 .
  • FIG. 8 A depicts electronic device 600 in a sleep state (left) in which it is not displaying any content, and in an awake state (right) in which it is displaying user interface 802 .
  • electronic device 600 detects external reader device 800 (e.g., detects external reader device 800 within a threshold proximity and/or at a threshold signal strength).
  • External reader device 800 is a device that is requesting digital credential information corresponding to a digital identification credential stored on electronic device 600 .
  • electronic device 600 in response to detecting external reader device 800 , displays user interface 804 indicating that electronic device 600 is establishing a secure connection with external reader device 800 .
  • electronic device 600 goes from the sleep state to a wake state to display user interface 804 .
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 804 overlaid on user interface 802 .
  • user interface 802 is visually deemphasized (e.g., shown at a darker brightness and/or blurred).
  • user interface 804 also displays representation 808 D of a digital identification credential corresponding to the digital credential information being requested by the external reader device 800 .
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 806 .
  • User interface 806 includes entity indication 808 A which indicates the entity that is requesting the digital credential information (in this case, the Transportation Security Administration).
  • User interface 806 also includes requested information indication 808 B, which identifies all information that is being requested by external reader device 800 .
  • external reader device 800 is requesting the user's full name, date of birth, ID photo, sex, and ID information (e.g., a driver's license number). All of the requested information corresponds to, is part of, and/or is stored as part of the digital identification credential.
  • User interface 806 includes close option 808 C that is selectable to close user interface 806 (and forgo transmitting digital credential information to external reader device 800 ).
  • User interface 806 instructs a user to provide an input via side button 809 to approve transmission of the requested digital credential information to external reader device 800 .
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 810 via side button 809 .
  • electronic device 600 collects biometric information from the user, as indicated by indication 808 E.
  • electronic device 600 collects facial scan information (e.g., via camera 639 and/or a depth sensor of electronic device 600 ), fingerprint scan information, and/or eye scan information.
  • the digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile on electronic device 600 (e.g., a facial scan profile, a fingerprint scan profile, and/or an eye scan profile).
  • electronic device 600 confirms that the biometric information collected from the user matches the biometric profile that corresponds to the digital identification credential.
  • electronic device 600 transmits the requested digital credential information to external reader device 800 (e.g., without transmitting any other digital credential information that is not requested by external reader device 800 ), as indicated by indication 808 F.
  • external reader device 800 e.g., without transmitting any other digital credential information that is not requested by external reader device 800
  • information pertaining to that transmission instance is recorded and/or stored on electronic device 600 , as will be described in greater detail below with reference to FIGS. 10 A- 10 J .
  • electronic device 600 if the biometric information collected from the user does not match the biometric profile that corresponds to the digital identification credential, electronic device 600 does not transmit digital credential information to external reader device 800 . In some embodiments, electronic device 600 establishes a first connection with external reader device 800 to receive information from external reader device 800 (e.g., entity information and what types of digital credential information are being requested by external reader device 800 ), and establishes a separate, second connection with external reader device 800 to transmit digital credential information to external reader device 800 .
  • information from external reader device 800 e.g., entity information and what types of digital credential information are being requested by external reader device 800
  • a user provides one or more inputs (e.g., input 810 via side button 809 ) and also provides biometric information in order to authorize electronic device 600 to transmit digital credential information to external reader device 800 .
  • Authorizing the device to transmit information to an external reader device can also be referred to as “arming” the device.
  • some types of digital credentials such as digital payment credentials, can be “pre-armed,” such that a user can provide one or more inputs (e.g., one or more touch inputs and/or button inputs and/or biometric inputs) to authorize transmission of information to an external reader even before the external reader is detected.
  • electronic device 600 when electronic device 600 detects the external reader, electronic device 600 is already authorized to transmit digital credential information (e.g., payment information) to the external reader without further user input.
  • digital credential information e.g., payment information
  • some types of digital credentials such as digital identification credentials, cannot be pre-armed, such that a user cannot provide (e.g., is not permitted to provide) authorization inputs (e.g., one or more touch inputs and/or button inputs and/or biometric inputs) authorizing transmission of digital credential information to an external reader until electronic device 600 has detected the external reader, has connected to the external reader, has received information from the external reader (e.g., entity information and information identifying the digital credential information that the external reader is requesting), and displayed user interface 806 which displays the entity information and the information identifying the digital credential information being requested by the external reader.
  • authorization inputs e.g., one or more touch inputs and/or button inputs and/or biometric inputs
  • FIG. 8 C illustrated a first example scenario in which the TSA requested certain types of information.
  • FIG. 8 F illustrates another example scenario, in which a pharmacy, Allgreens Pharmacy, is using external reader device 800 to request certain types of digital credential information.
  • User interface 806 indicates that Allgreens Pharmacy is requesting the user's full name, address, date of birth, ID information (e.g., driver's license number), and ID photo. However, in FIG. 8 F , user interface 806 also indicates a first set of information 808 B- 1 that will be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy (e.g., will be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy even after a transaction is completed and/or will be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy for a set number of days, weeks, months, and/or years and/or indefinitely), and also a second set of information 808 B- 2 that will be transmitted to Allgreens Pharmacy, but will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy (e.g., will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy other than being stored in temporary memory to display to Allgreens Pharmacy and/or will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy after completion of a transaction, and/or for more than 30 seconds and/or a minute) (e.g., will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy in persistent storage).
  • FIG. 8 G illustrates an example scenario in which a store called Liquor Store is using external reader device 800 to request certain types of digital credential information.
  • Liquor Store is requesting an indication (e.g., a binary indication, yes vs. no) of whether or not the user is over 21 (e.g., without requesting the user's actual date of birth), as well as the user's ID Photo.
  • FIG. 8 H illustrates an example scenario in which external reader device 800 is not a recognized and/or is not an authorized external reader (e.g., has not been authorized by one or more authorizing entities).
  • electronic device 600 displays indication 812 , and also displays options 814 A and 814 B.
  • Option 814 A is selectable to resume transmission of digital credential information to external reader device 800 (e.g., selectable to display user interface 806 identifying the types of digital credential information being requested by unauthorized external reader device 800 ), and option 814 B is selectable to cancel (e.g., deny) transmission of digital credential information to unauthorized external reader device 800 .
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for using a digital identification credential using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 900 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display); a mouse; a keyboard; a remote control; a wireless communication input device (e.g., Bluetooth and/or NFC); a biometric input device (e.g., a fingerprint scanner, retina scanner, and/or a camera); and/or a camera).
  • a computer system e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 600
  • method 900 provides an intuitive way for using a digital identification credential.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for using a digital identification credential, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • enabling a user to use a digital identification credential faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the computer system receives ( 902 ), via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device (e.g., 800 ) (e.g., a digital credential reader, and/or an NFC-enabled contactless reader) that is separate from the computer system.
  • an external electronic device e.g., 800
  • the request is received from the external electronic device based on the computer system having been placed into an RF field (e.g., an NFC RF field) generated by the external electronic device.
  • the computer system In response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device (e.g., FIGS. 8 A- 8 C ) ( 904 ), and in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information ( 906 ) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is a recognized and/or authorized digital credential reader), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays ( 908 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g., 806 ) that identifies one or more pieces (e.g., a single piece or a plurality of pieces) of digital identification credential information (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) being requested by the external electronic device (e.
  • the first user interface forgoes identifying one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that is not being requested by the external electronic device.
  • the digital identification credential stored on the computer system is associated with a first set of digital identification credential information, and the external electronic device requests some or all of the first set of digital identification credential information.
  • determining that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information includes receiving information from the external electronic device that identifies the external electronic device and performing, using the received information, a check (e.g., locally and/or via wireless/wired communication with a remote server) that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information (e.g., is a member of an authorized group).
  • Displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from an external electronic device) and provides the user with feedback about what information will be transmitted if the user proceeds with the process.
  • the computer system detects ( 912 ), via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs (e.g., 810 ) (e.g., one or more tap inputs, one or more button inputs, one or more biometric inputs (e.g., photo, fingerprint scan, face scan, and/or eye scan)).
  • one or more user inputs e.g., 810
  • biometric inputs e.g., photo, fingerprint scan, face scan, and/or eye scan
  • the computer system In response to detecting the one or more user inputs ( 914 ), and in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria (e.g., biometric authentication in FIGS. 8 C- 8 D ), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) transmits ( 918 ) the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device (e.g., 800 ), wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with (e.g., correspond to) a digital identification credential stored on (e.g., in a secure element of) the computer system (e.g., without transmitting one or more other pieces of digital credential information associated with the digital identification credential stored on the computer system that is not being requested by the external electronic device).
  • the computer system e.g., 600 transmits ( 918 ) the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device (e.g., 800 ),
  • Transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device if the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, and if the external electronic device is determined to be authorized to receive digital identification credential information, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • the computer system does not transmit any pieces of digital credential information (e.g., requested by the external electronic device or otherwise) to the external electronic device without first providing the user with what pieces of digital credential information have been requested and/or will be transmitted upon authorization and, receiving (subsequent to providing the user with what pieces of digital credential information requested/to be transmitting) user approval by satisfying the one or more information transmission criteria.
  • a prior user authorization (received prior to displaying the pieces of information requested/to be transmitted) to transmit digital credential information does not satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria.
  • the one or more information transmission criteria includes a first criterion that is satisfied if the one or more user inputs include one or more user inputs (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more button inputs) corresponding to a request to transmit the requested digital credential information to the external electronic device.
  • the one or more information transmission criteria includes a second criterion that is satisfied if the one or more user inputs include biometric information (e.g., fingerprint scan, face scan, eye scan, and/or photo) and the biometric information matches biometric information stored on the computer system (e.g., biometric information corresponding to the digital identification credential stored on the computer system).
  • the computer system in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not a recognized digital credential reader), displays a second user interface different from the first user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs do not satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria, the computer system forgoes transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device.
  • the computer system in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, and in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not a recognized and/or authorized digital credential reader), displays, via the display generation component, a notification (e.g., 812 ) indicating that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information.
  • a notification e.g., 812
  • the computer system displays a first option that is selectable to approve transmission of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device (e.g., despite the external electronic device not being authorized to receive digital identification credential information) (e.g., selectable to initiate and/or further a process for transmitting digital identification credential information to the external electronic device).
  • Displaying a notification indicating that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information provides enhanced security by informing the user that the external electronic device is not authorized, which can help users avoid initiating a transfer of sensitive information.
  • displaying the first user interface further includes displaying identifying information identifying an entity corresponding to the external electronic device (e.g., 808 A) (e.g., an entity requesting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information, such as a merchant or government agency).
  • Displaying the first user interface that identifies an entity corresponding to the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from the entity corresponding to the external electronic device).
  • Displaying entity information identifying the entity that is requesting the digital identification credential information provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information represents a subset (e.g., some (less than all) or all) of digital identification credential information associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G) stored on the computer system (e.g., 600 ) (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) (e.g., a digital identification credential corresponding to a physical identification credential (e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport)).
  • a physical identification credential e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport
  • the digital identification credential stored on the computer system is associated with a first set of digital identification credential information, and the external electronic device requests some or all of the first set of digital identification credential information. Displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • displaying the first user interface (e.g., 806 ) that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication (e.g., 808 B- 2 ) that a first subset of the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information will be transmitted to the external electronic device but will not be stored by the external electronic device (e.g., will not be stored by an entity associated with the external electronic device) (e.g., will not be stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium (e.g., will only be stored temporarily in a transitory computer readable medium)) (e.g., will be not be stored in a computer-readable medium in a non-transitory manner such that the information cannot be accessed in the future by the entity associated with the external electronic device); and displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component, a second indication (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component
  • the first indication and the second indication are concurrently displayed. Displaying an indication of which pieces of information will be stored by the external electronic device and which pieces of information will not be stored by the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • the computer system prior to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) forgoes displaying, via the display generation component, any content (e.g., FIG. 8 A , left side) (e.g., operating in a sleep state, display is not displaying any content).
  • the computer system and/or a display of the computer system prior to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device is in a low power state.
  • the computer system prior to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system is not displaying any content and/or is operating in a sleep state (e.g., the device generation component in communication with the computer system is in a sleep state and is not displaying any content), and in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system displays a user interface (e.g., the first user interface and/or a different user interface) indicating that the computer system has received a request for digital identification from the external electronic device.
  • a user interface e.g., the first user interface and/or a different user interface
  • Displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from an external electronic device). Forgoing displaying any content, and then displaying the first user interface in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from an external electronic device).
  • the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a second user interface (e.g., 802 ) different from the first user interface (in some embodiments, the computer system receives the request for digital identification from the external electronic device while displaying the second user interface).
  • displaying the first user interface includes displaying the first user interface overlaid on the second user interface (e.g., 802 ) (e.g., the first user interface partially covers, overlays onto, and/or obscures the second user interface).
  • the second user interface while displaying the first user interface, is visually deemphasized (e.g., is darkened and/or blurred) (e.g., relative to the first user interface and/or relative to display of the second user interface prior to display of the first user interface).
  • Displaying the first user interface overlaid on the second user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device will return to the second user interface after transmission of content to the external electronic device is completed and/or canceled).
  • the computer system in response to receiving the request for digital identification credential information from the external electronic device, and prior to displaying the first user interface, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays a third user interface (e.g., 804 ), different from the first user interface, indicating that a connection (e.g., a secure connection) is being established with the external electronic device.
  • a connection e.g., a secure connection
  • digital identification credential information is not transmitted to the external electronic device while displaying the third user interface.
  • digital identification credential information is not transmitted to the external electronic device prior to the determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria. Displaying the third user interface indicating that a connection is being established with the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device is establishing a connection with the external electronic device).
  • the one or more user inputs includes biometric information corresponding to a user of the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 8 C- 8 D ) (e.g., biometric information collected subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the first user interface) (e.g., biometric information collected in response to one or more user inputs (e.g., one or more tap inputs, one or more button inputs, and/or one or more different inputs) detected subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the first user interface) (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan); and the one or more information transmission criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied if the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a biometric profile associated with (e.g., corresponding to, is bound to) the digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • biometric information corresponding to a user of the computer system e.g., FIGS. 8
  • Requiring biometric authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • the biometric information includes a facial scan (e.g., including a plurality of characteristics of facial features), and the biometric profile is a facial scan profile (e.g., a facial scan profile stored on the computer system).
  • a facial scan profile e.g., a facial scan profile stored on the computer system. Requiring facial scan authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • the biometric information includes a fingerprint scan (e.g., including a plurality of characteristics of fingerprint features), and the biometric profile is a fingerprint scan profile (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile stored on the computer system).
  • a fingerprint scan e.g., including a plurality of characteristics of fingerprint features
  • the biometric profile is a fingerprint scan profile (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile stored on the computer system). Requiring fingerprint scan authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • the digital identification credential is associated with (e.g., bound with) a first biometric profile stored on the computer system, and is not associated with (e.g., not bound with) a second biometric profile stored on the computer system. In some embodiments, the digital identification credential is associated with only the first biometric profile stored on the computer system, and is not associated with any other biometric profile stored on the computer system.
  • the one or more information transmission criteria includes a biometric criterion that is satisfied when the biometric information corresponds to a biometric profile associated with (e.g., bound with) the digital identification credential (e.g., the determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria includes a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) the first biometric profile) (e.g., FIGS. 8 C- 8 E ).
  • the computer system in response to detecting the one or more user inputs, and in accordance with a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) the second biometric profile (in some embodiments, and does not correspond to the first biometric profile), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) forgoes transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device.
  • the digital identification credential is associated with a single biometric profile of a plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system, and the one or more user inputs must include biometric information that matches the single biometric profile in order to transmit digital identification credential information to the external electronic device.
  • Requiring biometric authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • the computer system in response to detecting the one or more user inputs, and in accordance with the determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria (in some embodiments, in response to and/or subsequent to transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device), stores, on the computer system, first transmission instance information corresponding to the transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device (e.g., FIGS. 10 C- 10 E ).
  • the first transmission instance information includes one or more of the following: date and/or time of transmission; a requesting entity associated with the external electronic device; the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by and transmitted to the external electronic device; identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device but was not stored by the external electronic device (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device); and/or identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device and was stored by the external electronic device (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device).
  • the transmission instance information can be accessed (e.g., can be displayed) via one or more user interfaces on the computer system. Automatically storing first transmission instance information corresponding to the transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device allows a user to store the transmission instance information without requiring further user inputs.
  • the computer system subsequent to storing the first transmission instance information on the computer system, displays, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface including representations of a plurality of digital credentials (e.g., 604 ) (e.g., one or more digital payment credentials, one or more digital rewards credentials, one or more digital membership credentials, and/or one or more digital identification credentials), including the digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G).
  • a plurality of digital credentials e.g., 604
  • digital payment credentials e.g., one or more digital payment credentials, one or more digital rewards credentials, one or more digital membership credentials, and/or one or more digital identification credentials
  • digital identification credential e.g., 606 G
  • the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of user inputs (e.g., 1000 ) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to a request to display representations of a plurality of transmission instances corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., instances in which digital identification credential information corresponding to the digital identification credential was transmitted to an external electronic device) (e.g., without displaying transmission instances corresponding to other digital credentials).
  • a second set of user inputs e.g., 1000
  • the digital identification credential e.g., instances in which digital identification credential information corresponding to the digital identification credential was transmitted to an external electronic device
  • the computer system In response to detecting the second set of user inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays, via the display generation component, representations of a plurality of transmission instances (e.g., 1004 B, 1004 C, 1004 D), including a first representation corresponding to (e.g., representative of) the first transmission instance information. While displaying the first representation, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a third set of user inputs (e.g., 1008 A, 1008 B, 1008 C) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to selection of the first representation.
  • a third set of user inputs e.g., 1008 A, 1008 B, 1008 C
  • the computer system In response to detecting the third set of user inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays, via the display generation component, at least a subset of the first transmission instance information (e.g., FIGS. 10 C- 10 E ) (e.g., some or all of the first transmission instance information).
  • the computer system receives a series of user inputs and displays, in response to the series of user inputs, details about a specific transaction (e.g., as part of a wallet application).
  • the details about the specific transaction includes details about what information was transmitted and will not be stored, what information was transmitted and will be stored, and/or what information was not transmitted.
  • Displaying the fourth user interface that includes representations of a plurality of transmission instances corresponding to the digital identification credential allows a user to quickly and easily access information pertaining to past transmission instances for the digital identification credential, thereby providing a means for selection by the user. Otherwise, additional inputs would be required to further locate transmission instance information.
  • the first transmission instance information includes: identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device but was not stored by the external electronic device (e.g., 1012 E) (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device); and identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device and was stored by the external electronic device (e.g., 1012 D) (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device).
  • Storing a record of types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device and was stored by the external electronic device enables the computer system to provide the user with a history of transactions and what information was provided as part of the transaction.
  • the digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G) is a digital credential of a first type (e.g., an identification credential and/or a non-identification credential).
  • the computer system stores one or more digital credentials of the first type, and the computer system stores one or more digital credentials of a second type (e.g., 606 A- 606 C) (e.g., different from the first type, a payment credential, and/or a non-payment credential such as a loyalty account credential).
  • the one or more digital credentials of the second type are configured to be authorized for transmission of digital information to an external device (e.g., 800 ) before and/or after the computer system detects a nearby external device (e.g., before or after the computer system detects a request for information by the external device) (e.g., digital credentials of the second type can be “pre-armed” (e.g., pre-authorized by a user) to transmit digital information to an external device even before the computer system detects a request from an external device).
  • an external device e.g., 800
  • a nearby external device e.g., before or after the computer system detects a request for information by the external device
  • digital credentials of the second type can be “pre-armed” (e.g., pre-authorized by a user) to transmit digital information to an external device even before the computer system detects a request from an external device).
  • the one or more digital credentials of the first type are not configured to be authorized to transmit digital information to an external device until the external device has been detected by the computer system, and the computer system has displayed, via the display generation component, digital information being requested by the external device (e.g., 806 , 808 B) (e.g., digital credentials of the first type cannot be “pre-armed” (e.g., pre-authorized by a user) to transmit digital information to an external device) (e.g., digital credentials of the first type must first receive a request for digital information from an external device, and must first display the digital information being requested by the external device, prior to receiving authorization from a user to transmit the digital information to the external device (e.g., prior to receiving one or more user inputs that satisfy the information transmission criteria)).
  • digital information being requested by the external device e.g., 806 , 808 B
  • digital credentials of the first type cannot be “pre-armed” (e.g., pre-authorized by a user) to transmit digital information to an external
  • the computer system will not transmit the one or more digital credentials of the first type without receiving explicit user authorization for the transaction after the computer system has received a request from the external electronic device for that transaction (e.g., the computer system does not allow pre-arming and/or pre-approving a transaction before the transaction request has been received and details of the transaction are displayed for the user).
  • the computer systems helps to prevent a user from authorizing a transaction without first recognizing the information that will be transmitted as part of the transaction.
  • the computer system will transmit one or more digital credentials of the second type if the user has provided prior authorization (prior to receiving the request for the transaction) for transfers of the second type.
  • Preventing digital credentials of the first type from being authorized to transmit digital information to an external device until the external device has been detected by the computer system and until digital information being requested by the external device is displayed on the display generation component provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by ensuring that private information is not mistakenly or improperly being transmitted to external devices without explicit user authorization).
  • the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, a second request for digital credential information from a second external electronic device (e.g., 800 ) (e.g., a digital credential reader, and/or an NFC-enabled contactless reader) that is separate from the computer system, wherein the second request for digital credential information is received via a first connection channel (e.g., a first wireless connection channel, and/or a first connection channel of a first type);
  • the second request is received from the second external electronic device based on the computer system having been placed into an RF field (e.g., an NFC RF field) generated by the second external electronic device.
  • the computer system In response to receiving the second request for digital credential information from the second external electronic device, and in accordance with a determination that the second request for digital credential information corresponds to a request for digital credential information corresponding to a digital credential of a second type (e.g., a digital payment credential) and that a first set of transmission conditions have been satisfied, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) transmits digital credential information to the second external electronic device via the first connection channel; and in accordance with a determination that the second request for digital credential information corresponds to a request for digital credential information from a digital credential of a first type (e.g., a digital identification credential) and that a second set of transmission conditions have been satisfied (e.g., different from the first set of transmission conditions) (e.g., the same as the first set of transmission conditions), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) transmits digital credential information to the second external electronic device via a second connection channel separate from the first connection channel (e.g
  • credentials are transmitted using the same communication channel and/or communication protocol on which the request was received. In some embodiments, when the digital credential information is of the second type, credentials are transmitted using a different communication channel and/or communication protocol than on which the request was received.
  • Receiving a request for information from an external device via a first channel, and transmitting digital credential information to the external device via a second channel provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by transmitting digital credential information via a more secure channel), such as by transmitting the digital credential information using a channel that is more secure, faster, and/or more stable.
  • methods 700 and/or 1100 optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 900 .
  • the digital identification credential that is enrolled in method 700 may be the digital identification credential that is used in method 900 and/or that is managed in method 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • FIGS. 10 A- 10 J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing digital credentials, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11 A- 11 B .
  • FIG. 10 A electronic device 600 which is a smartphone with touch-sensitive display 602 .
  • electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100 , 300 , and/or 500 .
  • Electronic device 600 depicts wallet user interface 604 , which was discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6 A and 6 AF .
  • Wallet user interface 604 includes representations of a plurality of digital credentials stored on electronic device 600 , including representation 606 G representative of a first digital identification credential (e.g., a digital Georgia driver's license).
  • a first digital identification credential e.g., a digital Georgia driver's license
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 1002 corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
  • User interface 1002 displays a graphical representation 1004 A of the first digital identification credential.
  • User interface 1002 also includes representations of transmission instances 1004 B, 1004 C, 1004 D. Each representation 1004 B, 1004 C, 1004 D is representative of an instance in which digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential was transmitted to an external device (e.g., external reader device 800 ).
  • User interface 1002 also includes done option 1006 A, that is selectable to return to wallet user interface 604 , and menu option 1006 B, that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
  • done option 1006 A that is selectable to return to wallet user interface 604
  • menu option 1006 B that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 1008 A, corresponding to selection of representation 1004 B, user input 1008 B, corresponding to selection of representation 1004 C, user input 1008 C, corresponding to selection of representation 1004 D, and user input 1008 D, corresponding to selection of option 1006 B.
  • user input 1008 A corresponding to selection of representation 1004 B
  • user input 1008 B corresponding to selection of representation 1004 C
  • user input 1008 C corresponding to selection of representation 1004 D
  • user input 1008 D corresponding to selection of option 1006 B.
  • Representation 1004 B corresponds to a first transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with Allgreens Pharmacy. Accordingly, in FIG. 10 C , in response to user input 1008 A in FIG. 10 B corresponding to selection of representation 1004 B, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1010 .
  • Representation 1004 B corresponds to a first transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with Allgreens Pharmacy. Accordingly, in FIG.
  • user interface 1010 displays entity information 1012 A corresponding to the first transmission instance identifying an entity that requested and received digital certificate information; transmission location information 1012 B corresponding to the first transmission instance identifying a location at which the information transmission occurred; transmission time information 1012 C corresponding to the first transmission instance identifying a date and time at which the transmission occurred; a first set of digital credential information 1012 D identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the first transmission instance and was stored by the requesting entity; and a second set of digital credential information 1012 E identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the first transmission instance and were not stored by the requesting entity.
  • information was transmitted to Allgreens Pharmacy in Buckhead Ga.
  • User interface 1010 in FIG. 10 C also includes map 1012 F which visually displays the location at which the first transmission instance occurred.
  • User interface 1010 in FIG. 10 C also includes option 1012 G that is selectable to report issues with the first transmission instance.
  • User interface 1010 also includes option 1011 that is selectable to return to user interface 1002 .
  • Representation 1004 C corresponds to a second transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with the Transportation Security Administration (TSA). Accordingly, in FIG.
  • TSA Transportation Security Administration
  • user interface 1010 displays entity information 1012 A corresponding to the second transmission instance identifying an entity that requested and received digital certificate information; transmission location information 1012 B corresponding to the second transmission instance identifying a location at which the information transmission occurred; transmission time information 1012 C corresponding to the second transmission instance identifying a date and time at which the transmission occurred; a first set of digital credential information 1012 D identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the second transmission instance and was stored by the requesting entity; and a second set of digital credential information 1012 E identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the second transmission instance and were not stored by the requesting entity.
  • information was transmitted to the TSA in Atlanta, Ga. on Dec.
  • the TSA requested and received the user's full name, date of birth, gender, and ID information (e.g., driver's license number), and stored this information, and the TSA also requested and received the user's ID photo, but did not store this information.
  • User interface 1010 in FIG. 10 D also includes map 1012 F which visually displays the location at which the second transmission instance occurred.
  • User interface 1010 in FIG. 10 D also includes option 1012 G that is selectable to report issues with the second transmission instance.
  • Representation 1004 D corresponds to a third transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with a store called “Liquor Store.” Accordingly, in FIG. 10 E , in response to user input 1008 C in FIG. 10 B corresponding to selection of representation 1004 D, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1010 .
  • Representation 1004 D corresponds to a third transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with a store called “Liquor Store.” Accordingly, in FIG.
  • user interface 1010 displays entity information 1012 A corresponding to the third transmission instance identifying an entity that requested and received digital certificate information; transmission location information 1012 B corresponding to the third transmission instance identifying a location at which the information transmission occurred; transmission time information 1012 C corresponding to the third transmission instance identifying a date and time at which the transmission occurred; a first set of digital credential information 1012 D identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the third transmission instance and was stored by the requesting entity; and a second set of digital credential information 1012 E identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the third transmission instance and were not stored by the requesting entity.
  • information was transmitted to Liquor Store in Atlanta, Ga. on Feb.
  • Liquor Store requested and received a binary determination of whether the user is over 21, and also the user's ID photo, but did not store any information.
  • User interface 1010 in FIG. 10 E also includes map 1012 F which visually displays the location at which the third transmission instance occurred.
  • User interface 1010 in FIG. 10 E also includes option 1012 G that is selectable to report issues with the second transmission instance.
  • electronic device detects user input 1014 corresponding to selection of option 1012 G.
  • User interface 1016 includes option 1018 A, that is selectable to return to user interface 1010 of FIG. 10 E .
  • User interface 1016 also includes option 1018 B that is selectable to report a data usage violation for the third transmission instance (e.g., to report that Liquor Store is using data in an improper way); option 1018 C that is selectable to report unknown activity (e.g., to report that the user does not believe he or she authorized the data transmission of the third transmission instance); option 1018 D that is selectable to report incorrect merchant information (e.g., to report that the entity information 1012 A associated with the third transmission instance is incorrect); and option 1018 E to report other types of issues.
  • option 1018 A that is selectable to return to user interface 1010 of FIG. 10 E .
  • User interface 1016 also includes option 1018 B that is selectable to report a data usage violation for the third transmission instance (e.g., to report that Liquor Store is using data in an improper way); option 1018 C that is selectable to report unknown activity (e.
  • electronic device 600 displays user interface 1020 .
  • User interface 1020 identifies digital credential information (e.g., all digital credential information) corresponding to (e.g., stored as part of) the first digital identification credential (e.g., the Georgia driver's license).
  • digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential includes a set of information that corresponds to a physical identification credential (e.g., physical identification credential 1030 ) (e.g., a physical Georgia driver's license).
  • the digital identification credential is a digital representation of the physical identification credential.
  • FIG. 10 H displays a different embodiment of user interface 1020 of FIG. 10 G .
  • user interface 1020 includes option 1022 that is selectable to initiate a process for changing a biometric profile associated with (e.g., bound to) the first digital identification credential.
  • a digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile, such that transmission of digital identification information corresponding to the digital identification credential requires receipt of biometric information that matches the biometric profile.
  • electronic device 600 can allow for biometric profiles of different types, such as facial scan profiles and fingerprint scan profiles.
  • user interface 1020 does not include option 1022 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 10 G ), but if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a second type (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile), user interface 1020 does include option 1022 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 10 H ).
  • a biometric profile of a first type e.g., a facial scan profile
  • user interface 1020 does not include option 1022 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 10 G )
  • option 1022 e.g., as shown in FIG. 10 H .
  • the user if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a first type (e.g., a facial scan profile), the user is not able to change the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential, but if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a second type (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile), the user is permitted and/or able to change the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential.
  • electronic device 600 detects user input 1024 corresponding to selection of option 1022 .
  • electronic device 600 displays notification 1026 requesting that the user profile biometric information corresponding to the biometric profile that is currently bound to the first digital identification credential.
  • electronic device 600 receives biometric information (e.g., fingerprint input 1028 ).
  • biometric information e.g., fingerprint input 1028
  • electronic device 600 displays instruction 1030 requesting that the user provide new biometric information for binding the first digital identification credential to a different and/or new biometric profile.
  • electronic device 600 receives updated and/or new biometric information, and, in accordance with a determination that the new biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a second biometric profile stored on electronic device 600 , electronic device 600 binds the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile (and the first digital identification credential is no longer bound to the previous biometric profile).
  • FIGS. 11 A- 11 B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing digital credentials using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1100 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100 , 300 , 500 , 600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display); a mouse; a keyboard; and/or a remote control).
  • Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • method 1100 provides an intuitive way for managing digital credentials.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing digital credentials, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • the computer system displays ( 1102 ), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g., 604 ) that includes one or more (e.g., one or multiple) representations of digital identification credentials (e.g., 606 G) stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G).
  • the first user interface includes one or more representations of digital credentials stored on the computer system, including one or more digital identification credentials and one or more other digital credentials (e.g., one or more payment credentials, one or more loyalty account credentials, and/or one or more transit account credentials).
  • the first user interface does not include representations of information transmission instances associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential.
  • the computer system detects ( 1106 ), via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs (e.g., 1000 ) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to selection of (e.g., tap input on) the representation of the first digital identification credential.
  • one or more user inputs e.g., 1000
  • the computer system In response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential ( 1108 ), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays ( 1110 ), via the display generation component, a second user interface (e.g., 1002 ) (e.g., a second user interface different from the first user interface) (e.g., replacing display of the first user interface with the second user interface) corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first digital identification credential.
  • a second user interface e.g., 1002
  • a second user interface different from the first user interface e.g., replacing display of the first user interface with the second user interface
  • the second user interface (e.g., 1002 ) includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances (e.g., 1004 B, 1004 C, 1004 D) associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance (e.g., 1004 B) and a representation of a second transmission instance (e.g., 1004 C) ( 1112 ).
  • the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG.
  • 10 C (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device (e.g., a wireless reader, an NFC reader) ( 1114 ).
  • the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance (e.g., different from the first instance) in which a second set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG.
  • a second external electronic device e.g., a wireless reader, an NFC reader
  • a second external electronic device e.g., a second external electronic device different from the first external electronic device
  • the first set of digital credential information is different from the second set of digital credential information (e.g., the first set of digital credential information represents a first subset of digital credential information associated with the digital identification credential, and the second set of digital credential information represents a second subset of digital credential information associated with the digital identification credential different from the first subset).
  • Storing a record of various transmission instances and types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device in each of those transmission instances and displaying them provides enhanced security by providing the user with a history of private information that has been transmitted to external devices.
  • the computer system detects ( 1120 ), via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1004 B, 1004 C, 1004 D) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs).
  • one or more selection inputs e.g., 1004 B, 1004 C, 1004 D
  • the computer system In response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008 A, 1008 B, 1008 C) ( 1122 ): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance (e.g., 1004 B) ( 1124 ), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays ( 1126 ), via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG.
  • the computer system e.g., 600
  • displays 1130
  • representations of the second set of digital credential information e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG. 10 D
  • representations of the second set of digital credential information e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG. 10 D
  • the first set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG. 10 C ) includes a first subset of (e.g., less than all of) a set of credential information that includes: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, and an age threshold determination (e.g., a binary determination of whether a person associated with the digital identification credential satisfies a minimum age requirement); and the second set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012 D, 1012 E in FIG. 10 D ) includes a second subset of (e.g., less than all of) the set of credential information different from the first subset.
  • Storing a record of various transmission instances and types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device in each of those transmission instances provides enhanced security by providing the user with a history of private information that has been transmitted to external devices.
  • displaying representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication that a first subset of (e.g., less than all of) the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device but was not stored by the first external electronic device (e.g., 1012 E) (e.g., was not stored by an entity associated with the first external electronic device, and/or was not stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium (e.g., was only stored temporarily in a transitory computer readable medium)); and displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component, a second indication that a second subset of (e.g., less than all of) the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device and was stored by the first external electronic device (e.g., 1012 D) (e.g., was stored by an entity associated with the first external electronic device
  • Storing a record of various transmission instances and types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device in each of those transmission instances, including a record of what types of information was stored by the external electronic device and what types of information was not stored, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by ensuring that private information has not been improperly transmitted to external devices and/or the external devices are not improperly storing private information).
  • displaying representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a third indication that a third subset of the second set of digital credential information was transmitted to the second external electronic device but was not stored by the second external electronic device (e.g., was not stored by an entity associated with the second external electronic device) (e.g., was not stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium (e.g., was only stored temporarily in a transitory computer readable medium)); and displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component, a fourth indication that a fourth subset of the second set of digital credential information was transmitted to the second external electronic device and was stored by the second external electronic device (e.g., was stored by an entity associated with the second external electronic device) (e.g., was stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium) (e.g., was stored in a computer-readable medium in
  • the computer system in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008 A, 1008 B, 1008 C): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance (e.g., 1004 B), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays, via the display generation component, entity information (e.g., 1012 A in FIG.
  • entity information e.g., 1012 A in FIG.
  • the computer system e.g., 600
  • entity information identifying the first entity is displayed concurrently with the representations of the first set of digital credential information.
  • the entity information identifying the second entity is displayed concurrently with the representations of the second set of digital credential information. Storing a record of various transmission instances, including a record of the information requesting entity associated with each transmission instance, provides enhanced security and provides the user with visual feedback about the entity to which information was transmitted.
  • the computer system in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008 A, 1008 B, 1008 C): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance (e.g., 1004 B), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays, via the display generation component, a first selectable option (e.g., 1012 G in FIG.
  • a first selectable option e.g., 1012 G in FIG.
  • the computer system e.g., 600
  • displays, via the display generation component, a second selectable option e.g., 1012 G in FIG. 10 D ) that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the second transmission instance (e.g., data usage violation, unknown activity, incorrect merchant info, and/or other issues).
  • the first selectable option is displayed concurrently with the representations of the first set of digital credential information.
  • the second selectable option is displayed concurrently with the representations of the second set of digital credential information. Displaying a selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to a transmission instance, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to report an unauthorized or otherwise inappropriate transmission instance).
  • the second user interface (e.g., 1002 ) further includes a third selectable option (e.g., 1006 B) that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
  • the third selectable option is displayed concurrently with the representation of the first transmission instance and the representation of the second transmission instance.
  • the computer system in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008 D): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008 D) correspond to selection of the third selectable option (e.g., 1006 B), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface (e.g., 1020 ) different from the first, second, and third user interfaces.
  • the fourth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential. Displaying a fourth user interface in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has detected the one or more selection inputs).
  • the fourth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
  • digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential includes one or more of: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, a geographic region associated with the digital identification credential, one or more commercial licenses associated with the digital identification credential, voter registration status, organ donor status, eye color, hair color, and veteran status.
  • the fourth user interface displays all digital credential information that can be provided to an external electronic device using the first digital identification credential. Displaying a fourth user interface that displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has associated the first digital identification credential with the information displayed in the fourth user interface).
  • the computer system (e.g., 600 ) stores a plurality of biometric profiles (e.g., a plurality of facial scan profiles, fingerprint scan profiles, and/or periocular and/or eye scan profiles); and the first digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G) is bound to a first biometric profile of the plurality of biometric profiles (e.g., bound exclusively to the first biometric profile, and/or is bound to the first biometric profile and is not bound to any of the other biometric profiles stored on the computer system).
  • transmission of digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential requires biometric authentication based on the first biometric profile. Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • the computer system subsequent to displaying the second user interface (e.g., 1002 ), displays, via the display generation component, a fifth user interface (e.g., 1020 ) corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G).
  • a fifth user interface e.g., 1020 corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first digital identification credential (e.g., 606 G).
  • the fifth user interface e.g., 1020 in FIG.
  • the fifth selectable option (e.g., 1022 ) that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential (e.g., to a fingerprint of a different finger).
  • the fifth user interface e.g., 1020 in FIG. 10 G
  • the fifth selectable option does not include the fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential (e.g., does not include any selectable option that is selectable to change the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential).
  • the fifth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
  • digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential includes one or more of: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, a geographic region associated with the digital identification credential, one or more commercial licenses associated with the digital identification credential, voter registration status, organ donor status, eye color, hair color, and veteran status.
  • the fifth user interface is the fourth user interface.
  • the computer system while displaying the fifth selectable option (e.g., 1022 ), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of selection inputs (e.g., 1024 ) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to selection of the fifth selection option.
  • a second set of selection inputs e.g., 1024
  • the computer system In response to detecting the second set of selection inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface (e.g., 1026 ) requesting the user to provide biometric information corresponding to the first biometric profile (e.g., requesting the user to provide a fingerprint corresponding to the fingerprint scan profile that is currently bound to the first digital identification credential).
  • a sixth user interface e.g., 1026
  • the computer system subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the sixth user interface (e.g., 1026 ), receives, via the one or more input devices, biometric information from a user (e.g., fingerprint input 1028 ).
  • the computer system In response to receiving the biometric information from the user, and in accordance with a determination that the biometric information from the user corresponds to (e.g., matches) the first biometric profile, the computer system (e.g., 600 ) displays a seventh user interface (e.g., 1030 ) requesting the user to provide updated biometric information to be bound to the first digital identification credential. Subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the seventh user interface (e.g., 1030 ), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, updated biometric information from the user.
  • a seventh user interface e.g., 1030
  • the computer system receives, via the one or more input devices, updated biometric information from the user.
  • the computer system In response to receiving the updated biometric information from the user: in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a second biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., 600 ) (e.g., different from the first biometric profile), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) binds the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile; and in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a third biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., different from the first and second biometric profiles), the computer system (e.g., 600 ) binds the first digital identification credential to the third biometric profile.
  • a second biometric profile stored on the computer system e.g., 600
  • the computer system In response to receiving the updated biometric information from the user: in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a second biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., 600 ) (e.g., different from the first biometric profile),
  • binding the first digital identification credential to a different biometric profile also causes the first digital identification credential to no longer be bound to the first biometric profile.
  • Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential). Requiring that a user provide biometric information corresponding to a currently applied biometric profile prior to changing the biometric profile bound to the digital identification credential provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from changing the biometric profile that is applied to the digital identification credential).
  • methods 700 and/or 900 optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 1100 .
  • the digital identification credential that is enrolled in method 700 may be the digital identification credential that is used in method 900 and/or that is managed in method 1100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person.
  • personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user's health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information.
  • the present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users.
  • the personal information data can be used to enroll, use, and/or manage digital identification credentials.
  • other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure.
  • health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user's general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals.
  • the present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices.
  • such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure.
  • Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes.
  • Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures.
  • policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country.
  • HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
  • the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data.
  • the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter.
  • users can select not to provide sensitive and/or personalized information during enrollment, use, and management of digital credentials.
  • the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app.
  • personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed.
  • data de-identification can be used to protect a user's privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods.
  • the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data.
  • digital credentials can be enrolled and/or used by a user by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the digital credential services, or publicly available information.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioethics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure generally relates to digital identification credential user interfaces.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 63/197,432, entitled “DIGITAL IDENTIFICATION CREDENTIAL USER INTERFACES,” filed Jun. 6, 2021, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • FIELD
  • The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials, including digital identification credentials.
  • BACKGROUND
  • As electronic devices such as smartphones have become more widely used, their functions have grown beyond phone calls and text messaging. Providing an efficient method for using and implementing the various functions on these electronic devices can be complex and time-consuming.
  • BRIEF SUMMARY
  • Some techniques for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
  • Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria: forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria: forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria: forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria: forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; means for, subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and means for, subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria: forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system; subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: displaying, via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information; receiving, via the one or more input devices, liveness check information; displaying, via the display generation component, an identity check user interface including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information; and receiving, via the one or more input devices, identity check information; and subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information: in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria: adding the digital identification credential to the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria: forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with a digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with a digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with a digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with a digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; means for, in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; means for, subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and means for, in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with a digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device that is separate from the computer system; in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device: in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device; subsequent to displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more user inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device, wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with a digital identification credential stored on the computer system.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device; while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device; while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device; while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device; while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, and comprises: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; means for, while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; means for, in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device; means for, while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and means for, in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential; while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential; in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein: the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance, the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device; while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs: in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
  • Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for enrolling, managing, and using digital credentials.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 6A-6AF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enrolling a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for enrolling a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for using a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a flow diagram depicting a method for using a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-10J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing digital identification credentials in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11A-11B illustrate a flow diagram depicting a method for managing digital identification credentials in accordance with some embodiments.
  • DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
  • The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.
  • There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for enrolling, using, and managing digital credentials. For example, there is a need for techniques that provide a secure way to enroll, use, and manage digital credentials while minimizing unnecessary manual effort by a user to enroll, use, and manage digital credentials. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who enrolls, uses, and manages digital credentials, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.
  • Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications. FIGS. 6A-6AF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enrolling a digital identification credential. FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of enrolling a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 6A-6AF are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 7 . FIGS. 8A-8H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for using a digital identification credential. FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating methods of using a digital identification credential in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 8A-8H are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 9 . FIGS. 10A-10J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing digital identification credentials. FIGS. 11A-11B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of managing digital identification credentials in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 10A-10J are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11A-11B.
  • The processes described below enhance the operability of the devices and make the user-device interfaces more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) through various techniques, including by providing improved visual feedback to the user, reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation, providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls, performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input, providing improved and/or enhanced security, and/or additional techniques. These techniques also reduce power usage and improve battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer readable medium claims where the system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed.
  • Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch.
  • The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
  • The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller 156) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content.
  • In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
  • The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
  • As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
  • As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122 optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device 100.
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)) and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
  • Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 116. The other input control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2 ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2 ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors 164 and/or one or more depth camera sensors 175), such as for tracking a user's gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system.
  • A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power to device 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112. Touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.
  • Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 112 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. patents: U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
  • A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors 175. FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device 100 so that the user's image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG. 1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100.
  • In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3 ) stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3 . Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and input control devices 116; and location information concerning the device's location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
  • In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156.
  • Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.
  • Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
  • GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
      • Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
      • Telephone module 138;
      • Video conference module 139;
      • E-mail client module 140;
      • Instant messaging (IM) module 141;
      • Workout support module 142;
      • Camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
      • Image management module 144;
      • Video player module;
      • Music player module;
      • Browser module 147;
      • Calendar module 148;
      • Widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
      • Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
      • Search module 151;
      • Video and music player module 152, which merges video player module and music player module;
      • Notes module 153;
      • Map module 154; and/or
      • Online video module 155.
  • Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference module 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephone module 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
  • The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.
  • In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
  • In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.
  • A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.
  • In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.
  • When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
  • In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.
  • In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or computer programs (e.g., sets of instructions or including instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 100.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;
      • Time 404;
      • Bluetooth indicator 405;
      • Battery status indicator 406;
      • Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
        • Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;
        • Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails;
        • Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and
        • Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled “iPod;” and
      • Icons for other applications, such as:
        • Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;”
        • Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;”
        • Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;”
        • Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;”
        • Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online Video;”
        • Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;”
        • Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Maps;”
        • Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;”
        • Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;”
        • Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout Support;”
        • Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and
        • Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136.
  • It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g., touch screen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or one or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.
  • Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display (e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
  • Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g., FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitive display screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 500.
  • Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.
  • FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device 500 has bus 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can be connected to display 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and, optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.
  • Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514.
  • Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 700, 900, and 1100 (FIGS. 7, 9, and 11A-11B). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
  • As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance.
  • As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112 in FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices 100, 300, and/or 500) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system.
  • As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state 157 and/or application internal state 192). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
      • an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;
      • a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and
      • a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.
  • As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application.
  • Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.
  • FIGS. 6A-6AF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enrolling a digital credential, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 6A depicts electronic device 600, which is a smartphone with touch-sensitive display 602. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, and/or 500. Electronic device 600 depicts wallet user interface 604. Wallet user interface 604 includes representations of digital credentials 606A-606E that are stored on electronic device 600 (e.g., in a secure element of electronic device 600). Digital credential representations 606A-606E include digital payment credential representations 606A-606C (e.g., digital credentials that can be used to make payments for goods and services), and digital access credential representations 606D-606E (e.g., digital credentials that can be used for a user to gain access to goods and services, such as airline flights, events, and the like). Wallet user interface 604 also includes option 606F that is selectable to initiate a process for adding a new digital credential to electronic device 600 (e.g., for enrolling a new digital credential on electronic device 600). At FIG. 6A, electronic device detects user input 608 corresponding to selection of option 606F.
  • At FIG. 6B, in response to user input 608, electronic device 600 displays user interface 610. User interface 610 includes a plurality of options 612A-612E for adding different types of digital credentials to electronic device 600 (e.g., enrolling different types of digital credentials on electronic device 600). Option 612A is selectable to apply for a new digital payment credential (e.g., apply for a new payment card that will be added as a digital payment credential). Option 612B is selectable to add a digital account balance credential to electronic device 600. Option 612C is selectable to add a digital payment credential to electronic device 600. Option 612D is selectable to add a digital transit credential to electronic device 600. Option 612E is selectable to add a digital identification credential to electronic device 600. User interface 610 also includes option 612F that is selectable to close user interface 610, and return to wallet user interface 604. At FIG. 6B, electronic device 600 detects user input 614 corresponding to selection of option 612E.
  • At FIG. 6C, in response to user input 614, electronic device 600 displays user interface 616. User interface 616 includes option 618L that is selectable to close user interface 616 and return to wallet user interface 604, and option 618M that is selectable to return to user interface 610. User interface 616 also includes geographic region options 618A-618K that are selectable by a user to indicate a geographic region for the digital identification credential the user wishes to add to electronic device 600. In the depicted embodiment, geographic region options 618A-618K correspond to respective different states. In FIG. 6C, electronic device 600 detects user input 620 corresponding to selection of geographic option 618A, which corresponds to the geographic region (e.g., state) of Georgia.
  • At FIG. 6D, in response to user input 620, electronic device 600 displays user interface 622. User interface 622 includes option 624A that is selectable to cease displaying user interface 622 and return to user interface 616. User interface 622 also includes options 624B-624C. Option 624B is selectable to enroll the new digital identification credential on electronic device 600 and an additional electronic device (in this case, a smartwatch (e.g., a smartwatch corresponding to and/or associated with electronic device 600). Option 624C is selectable to enroll the new digital identification credential on only electronic device 600, without enrolling the new digital identification credential on any other electronic devices. At FIG. 6D, electronic device 600 detects user input 626 corresponding to selection of option 624B.
  • At FIG. 6E, in response to user input 626, electronic device 600 displays physical identification capture user interface 627. Physical identification capture user interface 627 includes cancel option 628B that is selectable to close physical identification capture user interface 627 and return to wallet user interface 604 (e.g., selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential). Physical identification capture user interface 627 also includes instructions 628A instructing a user to use a camera on electronic device 600 to capture an image of the front of a physical identification credential (e.g., a physical identification card) corresponding to the digital identification credential the user wishes to add to electronic device 600. In some embodiments, identification capture user interface 627 automatically includes a viewfinder of a camera of electronic device 600.
  • At FIG. 6F, the user has placed physical identification credential 630 in front of the camera of electronic device 600, and physical identification capture user interface 627 displays camera capture region 628C, which depicts image data being captured and/or received (e.g., a viewfinder) via the camera of electronic device 600. In FIG. 6F, electronic device 600 detects that the front of physical identification credential 630 is in a field-of-view of the camera (e.g., detects that camera capture region 628C depicts an object that has a shape that is recognized as potentially being a physical identification credential), and automatically captures an image of the front of physical identification credential 630. In some embodiments, physical identification capture user interface 627 includes a shutter button so that the user can provide a user input for electronic device 600 to capture the image of the front of physical identification credential 630.
  • At FIG. 6G, in response to electronic device 600 capturing the image of the front of physical identification credential 630, user interface 627 displays the captured image in camera capture region 628C. User interface 627 also displays option 628D that is selectable to indicate that the captured image is acceptable (e.g., is sufficiently clear and captures the front of physical identification credential 630), and option 628E that is selectable to return to user interface 627 of FIG. 6F in order to capture a new image of the front of physical identification credential 630. At FIG. 6G, electronic device 600 detects user input 632 corresponding to selection of option 628D.
  • At FIG. 6H, in response to user input 632, electronic device 600 updates user interface 627 with updated instructions 628F, which instruct a user to take a picture of a back side of physical identification credential 630. At FIG. 6I, the user has flipped over physical identification credential 630, and camera capture region 628C again depicts image data being captured and/or received via the camera of electronic device 600. In FIG. 6I, electronic device 600 detects that the back of physical identification credential 630 is in the field-of-view of the camera (e.g., detects that camera capture region 628C depicts an object that has a shape that is recognized as potentially being a physical identification credential), and automatically captures an image of the back of physical identification credential 630. In some embodiments, user interface 627 includes a shutter button so that the user can provide a user input for electronic device 600 to capture the image of the back of physical identification credential 630.
  • At FIG. 6I, in response to electronic device 600 capturing the image of the back of physical identification credential 630, user interface 627 displays the captured image in camera capture region 628C. User interface 627 also displays option 628G that is selectable to indicate that the captured image is acceptable (e.g., is sufficiently clear and captures the back of physical identification credential 630), and option 628H that is selectable to return to user interface 627 of FIG. 6H in order to capture a new image of the back of physical identification credential 630. At FIG. 6J, electronic device 600 detects user input 634 corresponding to selection of option 628G.
  • At FIG. 6K, in response to user input 634, electronic device 600 displays liveness check user interface 636. In FIG. 6K, liveness check user interface 636 includes option 638A that is selectable to close liveness check user interface 636 and return to wallet user interface 604 (e.g., selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential). Liveness check user interface 636 also includes option 638B that is selectable to proceed with providing liveness check information, and proceed with enrolling the new digital identification credential on electronic device 600. At FIG. 6K, electronic device 600 detects user input 640 corresponding to selection of option 638B.
  • At FIG. 6L, in response to user input 640, electronic device 600 updates liveness check user interface 636 to display camera capture region 638C depicting image data being captured and/or received via a camera of electronic device 600 (e.g., camera 639, a front/user facing camera), along with an instruction for the user to position his or her face within the frame of the camera. In FIG. 6L, camera capture region 638C depicts an image of the user's face as it is being captured by camera 639.
  • At FIG. 6M, in response to detecting that camera capture region 638C depicts the user's face and/or after a threshold period of time has passed, electronic device 600 updates liveness check user interface 636 to include instructions 638D, which instruct a user to provide liveness check information by performing one or more gestures. The one or more gestures are selected (e.g., randomly or pseudo-randomly selected) from a plurality of possible gestures. In FIG. 6M, instructions 638D instruct the user to turn his or her head to the right until the user feels electronic device 600 vibrate. User interface 636 also includes demonstration 638E, which depicts an animated (e.g., moving) demonstration of the gesture instructed by instructions 638D. User interface 636 also includes option 638F that is selectable to reveal various accessibility options. In some embodiments, the accessibility options include, for example, an option to change the gesture (e.g., in case the user is not physically able to perform the requested gesture), and/or an option that allows a user to dictate when electronic device 600 begins detecting the instructed gesture.
  • At FIG. 6N, demonstration 638E progresses to show a demonstration avatar turning its head to the right. At FIG. 6O, demonstration 638E further progresses to show the demonstration avatar turning its head to the right.
  • At FIG. 6P, electronic device 600 replaces demonstration 638E with camera capture region 638C. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 replaces demonstration 638E with camera capture region 638C after demonstration 638E has been displayed for a threshold period of time, and/or after demonstration 638E has demonstrated the instructed gesture a predefined number of times, and/or in response to a user input (e.g., a user input indicating that the user is ready to perform the instructed gesture).
  • FIGS. 6P-6R illustrate a first example scenario in which the user successfully performs the instructed gesture of turning his or head to the run until electronic device 600 vibrates. In FIG. 6Q, camera capture region 638C depicts the user turning his or her head to the right, and in FIG. 6R, in response to a determination that the user has performed the requested gesture, user interface 636 depicts confirmation 638G indicating that the requested gesture has been detected, and electronic device 600 outputs a tactile output (e.g., a haptic output, a vibration) indicating that the requested gesture has been detected. In some embodiments, the determination of whether or not the user has performed the instructed gesture (e.g., whether or not the instructed gesture has been detected) is made based on a machine learning model (e.g., a machine learning model stored on electronic device 600).
  • FIG. 6S illustrates a second example scenario in which the user does not perform the instructed gesture. In FIG. 6S, in accordance with a determination that the instructed gesture has not been detected after a threshold duration of time (e.g., after camera capture region 638C has been displayed for a threshold duration of time and/or instruction 638D has been displayed for a threshold duration of time), electronic device 600 replaces display of camera capture region 638C with demonstration 638E. Electronic device 600 also displays option 638H, which is selectable by a user to request a different gesture.
  • At FIG. 6T, in accordance with a determination that the instructed gesture has not been detected after a second threshold duration of time, electronic device 600 displays indication 6381 indicating that the instructed gesture was not detected. Electronic device 600 also displays option 638J, which is selectable to re-try the previously instructed gesture, and option 638K, which is selectable to request a different gesture. At FIG. 6T, electronic device 600 detects user input 642 corresponding to selection of option 638K.
  • At FIG. 6U, in response to user input 642, electronic device 600 updates liveness check user interface 636 by updating instructions 638D to instruct the user to perform a different gesture. In FIG. 6U, instructions 638D now instruct the user to smile until the user feels electronic device 600 vibrate. Demonstration 638E is also updated with a demonstration of the new gesture. In FIG. 6U, liveness check user interface 636 also includes a new option 638L that is selectable by a user to indicate that the user is ready to perform the requested gesture. At FIG. 6U, electronic device 600 detects user input 644 corresponding to selection of option 638L.
  • At FIG. 6V, in response to user input 644, electronic device 600 replaces demonstration 638E with camera capture region 638C, which shows image data being captured by camera 639. In FIG. 6W, electronic device 600 determines that the instructed gesture (in this case, a smile gesture), has been detected, and electronic device 600 displays gesture confirmation indication 638M, and outputs a tactile output (e.g., vibration).
  • At FIG. 6X, in response to electronic device 600 determining that the instructed gesture has been detected, electronic device completes a liveness check portion of the enrollment process, and displays identity check user interface 648, including option 638N that is selectable to proceed with an identity check portion of enrollment. In FIG. 6X, electronic device detects user input 646 corresponding to selection of option 638N.
  • At FIG. 6Y, in response to user input 646, electronic device 600 updates identity check user interface 648. Identity check user interface 648 includes option 650A that is selectable to close identity check user interface 648 and return to wallet user interface 604 (e.g., selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential). Identity check user interface 648 also includes camera capture region 650C, which depicts image data being received and/or captured via camera 639 of electronic device 600, flash option 650D that is selectable to turn a flash on or off, and shutter button 650E that is selectable to capture an image. In FIG. 6Y, electronic device 600 detects user input 652 corresponding to selection of shutter button 650E.
  • In some embodiments, the identity check portion of the enrollment process includes comparing the self-image of the user taken in FIG. 6Y with one or more frames of the video captured as part of the liveness check portion of the enrollment process (e.g., FIGS. 6M-6W) to ensure and/or determine that the user performing the gesture(s) in the liveness check portion is the same user that is depicted in the self-image of the identity check portion. In some embodiments, the identity check portion of the enrollment process includes (e.g., also includes) comparing the self-image of the user taken in FIG. 6Y with an image of the user depicted on the physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., physical identification credential 630). In some embodiments, a third party (e.g., a state and/or government agency) confirms that the user depicted in the self-photo matches a user depicted on the physical identification credential. By performing these identity checks, it can be confirmed that the person performing the gestures in the liveness check is the same person that is depicted on the physical identification credential (e.g., in some embodiments, without transmitting any portion of the liveness check video to any external computer system and/or third party).
  • At FIG. 6Z, in response to user input 652, electronic device 600 displays user interface 654. User interface 654 includes notification 656A that informs a user that some of the information that was received during the enrollment process will be transmitted a third party. Notification 656A identifies what pieces of information will be transmitted to the third party (e.g., front of driver's license, back of driver's license, and the self-photo captured during the identity check portion of enrollment). User interface 654 includes cancel option 650A that is selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential, and option 656B that is selectable to proceed with enrollment of the new digital identification credential, including transmitting the identified information to the third party. In FIG. 6Z, electronic device 600 detects user input 658 corresponding to selection of option 656B.
  • At FIG. 6AA, in response to user input 658, electronic device displays user interface 660. User interface 660 includes notification 662A that informs a user that the digital identification credential will be bound to a biometric profile (e.g., a facial scan profile, a fingerprint scan profile, and/or an eye scan profile) and that biometric authentication will be required to use the digital identification credential after it is enrolled on electronic device 600. User interface 660 includes cancel option 650A that is selectable to cancel enrollment of the new digital identification credential, and option 662B that is selectable to proceed with enrollment of the new digital identification credential, including binding the new digital identification credential to a biometric profile. At FIG. 6AA, electronic device 600 detects user input 664 corresponding to selection of option 662B.
  • In the example scenario shown in FIG. 6AA, the new digital identification credential will be bound to (e.g., associated with) a facial scan profile. At FIG. 6AB, in response to user input 664, electronic device 600 captures facial scan information (e.g., via camera 639 and/or other input devices in communication with electronic device 600). Electronic device 600 then determines whether the captured facial scan information matches a biometric profile (e.g., a facial scan profile) stored on electronic device 600. In some embodiments, if the captured facial scan information does not match a biometric profile on electronic device 600, enrollment of the new digital identification credential fails and/or electronic device 600 requests that the user provide facial scan information again. If the captured facial scan information does match a biometric profile stored on electronic device 600, the new digital identification credential is bound to that biometric profile (without being bound to any other biometric profile stored on electronic device 600). In some embodiments, if a digital identification credential is bound to a particular biometric profile, biometric information corresponding to the particular biometric profile must be provided each time a user wishes to use the digital identification credential. In FIG. 6AB, electronic device 600 displays indication 662C to indicate that biometric information has been received, and is being compared to and/or matched with biometric profiles stored on electronic device 600.
  • At FIG. 6AC, in accordance with a determination that the received biometric information matches a biometric profile stored on electronic device 600, electronic device 600 displays user interface 666 indicating that information is being transmitted to a third party. At FIG. 6AD, electronic device 600 displays user interface 668 indicating that the user's identity has been verified by the third party. For example, in some embodiments, the third party verifies the user's identity by comparing an image depicted on physical identification credential 630 with the self-image taken of the user during the identity check process (e.g., FIG. 6Y).
  • At FIG. 6AE, in accordance with a determination that the user's identity has been verified (e.g., by electronic device 600 and/or by the third party) electronic device 600 displays user interface 670 which displays indication 672A that the digital identification credential has been successfully added to electronic device 600, and a corresponding smartwatch. User interface 670 also includes option 672B that is selectable to close user interface 670. At FIG. 6AE, electronic device 600 detects user input 674 corresponding to selection of option 672B.
  • At FIG. 6AF, in response to user input 674, electronic device 600 displays wallet user interface 604, which now includes a representation of digital identification credential 606G, as well as confirmation indication 676 indicating that the new digital identification credential has been successfully added to electronic device 600. In some embodiments, the digital identification credential stored on electronic device 600 includes all information that is associated with physical identification credential 300 (e.g., all information that is verifiable using and/or provided by physical identification credential 300).
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for enrolling a digital identification credential using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method 700 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display); a mouse; a keyboard; a camera; and/or a remote control). Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for enrolling a digital identification credential. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for enrolling a digital identification credential, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to enroll a digital identification credential faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • The computer system (e.g., 600) detects (702), via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs (e.g., one or more tap user inputs and/or one or more non-tap user inputs) (e.g., 608, 614) corresponding to a request to add a digital identification credential to the computer system.
  • Subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs (704) (e.g., in response to detecting the one or more user inputs), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (706), via the display generation component, a liveness check user interface (e.g., 636) including one or more (e.g., textual, graphical, and/or audio) directions for a user to provide liveness check information (e.g., 638D, 638E). In some embodiments, the one or more directions include one or more directions for the user to perform a gesture (e.g., one or more directions to perform a gesture in front of a camera and/or capture the gesture using the camera).
  • Subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs (704) (e.g., in response to detecting the one or more user inputs), the computer system (e.g., 600) receives (708), via the one or more input devices, liveness check information (e.g., 638C) (e.g., image and/or video information captured by a camera). In some embodiments, the liveness check information is received while displaying the liveness check user interface.
  • Subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs (704) (e.g., in response to detecting the one or more user inputs), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (710), via the display generation component, an identity check user interface (e.g., 648) including one or more directions for a user to provide identity check information (e.g., 648 in FIG. 6X instructing the user to take a photo of themselves). In some embodiments, the one or more directions include one or more directions for the user to capture an image of a physical identification credential (e.g., a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential the user has requested to add to the computer system) (e.g., using a camera). In some embodiments, the one or more directions include one or more directions for the user to capture a self-photograph (e.g., capture an image of the user).
  • Subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs (704) (e.g., in response to detecting the one or more user inputs), the computer system (e.g., 600) receives (712), via the one or more input devices, identity check information (e.g., 628C (e.g., photos of front and/or back of physical identification credential), 650C (e.g., photo of user)) (e.g., image information captured by a camera). In some embodiments, identity check information is received while displaying the identity check user interface.
  • Subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information (714), and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria (e.g., image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., the liveness check information) matches one or more gestures that were instructed in the liveness check user interface) and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria (716) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information and/or identity check information) matches and/or corresponds to an image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that a third party has provided verification that image information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information and/or identity check information) matches and/or corresponds to the image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that one or more self-photographs that are part of the identity check information depict the same user as visual content (e.g., image content and/or video content) that is part of the liveness check information), the computer system (e.g., 600) adds (718) the digital identification credential to the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 6AE-6AF).
  • Subsequent to receiving the liveness check information and the identity check information (714), and in accordance with a determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria (e.g., image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., the liveness check information) does not match one or more gestures that were instructed in the liveness check user interface) and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria (720) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that image and/or video information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information) does not match and/or correspond to an image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that a third party has not provided verification that image information captured by the camera (e.g., as part of the liveness check information) matches and/or corresponds to the image depicted on the physical identification credential) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that one or more self-photographs that are part of the identity check information do not depict the same user as visual content (e.g., image content and/or video content) that is part of the liveness check information), the computer system (e.g., 600) forgoes adding (722) the digital identification credential to the computer system. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria, the computer system displays a visual indication that the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or that the identify check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria. Forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system if the liveness check information does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria and/or the identity check information does not satisfy the identity check criteria provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (e.g., concurrently displays), via the display generation component: a first option (e.g., 624B) that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system and a first external electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device different and/or separate from the computer system) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) (e.g., a first option that is selectable to initiate a process for adding the digital identification credential to the computer system and the first external electronic device); and a second option (e.g., 624C) that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system without adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device (e.g., corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to only the computer system) (e.g., a second option that is selectable to initiate a process for adding the digital identification credential to the computer system without adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device). Displaying a first option that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system and the first external electronic device, and a second option that corresponds to a user request to add the digital identification credential to the computer system without adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device, allows a user to specify which devices should store the digital identification credential without the need for the user to perform the various security procedures to again to add the digital identification credential to both devices, thereby reducing the number of required user inputs.
  • In some embodiments, the computer system receives a first selection input (e.g., 626) (e.g., one or more tap user inputs and/or one or more non-tap user inputs).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the liveness check information (e.g., 638C) and the identity check information (e.g., 628C and/or 650C), and in accordance with a determination that the first selection input corresponds to selection of the first option, that the liveness check information satisfies a set of liveness check criteria, and that the identity check information satisfies a set of identity check criteria, the computer system (e.g., 600) adds the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device (e.g., FIGS. 6AE-6AF, adding the digital identification credential to the smartwatch in addition to electronic device 600).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the liveness check information (e.g., 638C) and the identity check information (e.g., 628C and/or 650C), and in accordance with a determination that the first selection input corresponds to selection of the second option (e.g., even if the liveness check and identity check are satisfied; and/or regardless of whether liveness check and identity check are satisfied), the computer system (e.g., 600) forgoes adding the digital identification credential to the first external electronic device. In some embodiments, the computer system forgoes adding the digital identification credential to any electronic device other than the computer system.
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs (in some embodiments, and prior to adding the digital identification credential to the computer system and/or forgoing adding the digital identification credential to the computer system) (in some embodiments, prior to the determination of whether the liveness check information satisfies the liveness check criteria and/or the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check criteria), the computer system (e.g., 600) receives, via the one or more input devices, information (e.g., 628C) about (e.g., taking an image and/or a photograph of and/or reading information from the physical identification credential via NFC) (e.g., via a camera of the computer system and/or via an NFC reader of the computer system) a physical identification credential (e.g., 630) (e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport) corresponding to the digital identification credential. In some embodiments, the computer system receives first information about (e.g., a first scan of) the physical identification credential (e.g., a scan of the front of the physical identification credential) and receives second information about (e.g., a second scan of) the physical identification credential (e.g., a scan of the back of the physical identification credential). Receiving information about the physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential enables the computer system to have access to information about the user, thereby providing enhanced security and helping to prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • In some embodiments, the one or more directions for a user to provide liveness check information (e.g., 638D, 638E) includes one or more directions instructing a user to perform a predefined gesture (e.g., a first predefined gesture selected from a plurality of predefined gestures and/or performed within a field of view of a camera of the computer system). In some embodiments, receiving liveness check information includes receiving video content (e.g., 638C) (e.g., recording video content and/or receiving video content recorded by (e.g., using a camera of) the computer system) (e.g., video content captured by a camera subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide liveness check information). In some embodiments, the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria includes a determination that the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, the determination that the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture is performed based on a machine learning model. In some embodiments, the set of liveness check criteria includes a first criterion that is not satisfied if the video does not depict a user performing the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, the one or more directions for the user to provide liveness check information includes a demonstration (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the predefined gesture. Determining whether the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • In some embodiments, the predefined gesture includes one or more head movements (e.g., turn head up, down, left, and/or right; and/or tilt head left and/or right) (e.g., FIGS. 6M-6W). Determining whether the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture, including one or more head movements, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • In some embodiments, the predefined gesture includes one or more facial movements (e.g., smile, frown, open mouth, open eyes, close eyes, and/or raise eyebrows) (e.g., FIGS. 6U-6W). Determining whether the video content depicts a user performing the predefined gesture, including one or more facial movements, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations.
  • In some embodiments, displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide liveness check information includes displaying, via the display generation component, a demonstration (e.g., 638E) (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the predefined gesture. Displaying a demonstration of the predefined gesture provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device is detecting the predefined gesture that is displayed in the demonstration).
  • In some embodiments, after displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture (e.g., 638E) for a threshold period of time (e.g., 3 seconds, 5 seconds, or 7 seconds; sufficient time to display the demonstration of the predefined gesture a threshold number of times), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a video capture user interface (e.g., 638C in FIG. 6P) that depicts video content being captured (e.g., a viewfinder) by a camera (e.g., a camera that is in communication with the computer system and/or a camera of the computer system). In some embodiments, while displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture, the computer system detects and/or determines that the demonstration of the predefined gesture has been displayed for a threshold period of time; and in response to detecting and/or determining that the demonstration of the predefined gesture has been displayed for the threshold period of time, the computer system displays the video capture user interface (e.g., replaces display of the demonstration of the predefined gesture with the video capture user interface). Displaying a video capture user interface that depicts video content being captured by the camera provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device is capturing video content).
  • In some embodiments, after (e.g., while) displaying the video capture user interface (e.g., 638C), in accordance with a determination to that the video capture user interface has been displayed for a second threshold period of time (e.g., 5 seconds or 10 seconds) without the predefined gesture being detected, the computer system (e.g., 600) re-displays, via the display generation component, the demonstration of the predefined gesture (e.g., 638E in FIG. 6S). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the predefined gesture has been detected (e.g., has been detected as being depicted in the video content captured by the camera) prior to the video capture user interface being displayed for the second threshold period of time, the computer system outputs an indication that the predefined gesture has been detected (e.g., a visual output, an audio output, and/or a haptic output). Re-displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture if the predefined gesture has not been detected for a threshold period of time provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has not detected the predefined gesture).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to receiving the video content (e.g., 638E), and in response to determining that the video content depicts the user successfully performing the predefined gesture, the computer system (e.g., 600) outputs a haptic output (e.g., FIG. 6R, electronic device 600 outputs a haptic output) (e.g., a haptic output indicating that the computer system has determined that a user has successfully performed the predefined gesture). In some embodiments, the computer system outputs the haptic output while displaying the video content being captured (e.g., a viewfinder) by a camera. Providing a haptic output when the computer system determines that the video content depicts the user performing the predefined gesture provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has detected the predefined gesture).
  • In some embodiments, the liveness check information (e.g., 638C) is captured by the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system and/or a camera of the computer system) and is stored on the computer system (e.g., and is not transmitted to any external device by the computer system); and the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria or does not satisfy the set of liveness check criteria is performed on the computer system without the computer system transmitting the liveness check information to an external device. In some embodiments, the liveness check information (e.g., captured video content) and a machine learning model trained to determine whether or not the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria (e.g., trained to determine whether captured video content depicts a user performing one or more predefined gestures) are stored locally on the computer system so that the liveness check determination can be performed locally on the computer system without transmitting the liveness check information to an external device. Performing the liveness check locally on the computer system without transmitting liveness check information to any external device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data.
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the liveness check user interface (e.g., 636), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects a first set of user inputs (e.g., 644) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to a request to initiate capture of video content, wherein receiving the video content comprises capturing video content in response to detecting the first set of user inputs (e.g., displaying camera capture region 638C in response to user input 644 in FIG. 6V). In some embodiments, capturing video content includes initiating capture of video content by a camera (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, the computer system displays a video capture user interface that depicts video content being captured by the camera. In some embodiments, displaying the liveness check user interface includes displaying a demonstration (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, displaying the liveness check user interface includes displaying (e.g., repeatedly displaying) the demonstration of the predefined gesture until the first set of user inputs corresponding to the request to initiate video capture is detected. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first set of user inputs, the computer system ceases displaying the demonstration of the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, capture of video content is not initiated (e.g., video content is not recorded and/or stored and/or the camera is not activated) until a set of user inputs corresponding to a request to initiate video capture is detected. Initiating capture of video content by a camera in response to a set of user inputs corresponding to a request to initiate video capture allows a user to control when video capture is initiated, thereby providing additional control of the device. Providing additional control of the device enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.
  • In some embodiments, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of inputs (e.g., 642) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to a request to select a different predefined gesture. In some embodiments, the second set of inputs is detected subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions instructions a user to perform the predefined gesture. In response to detecting the second set of inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays one or more directions (e.g., 638D in FIG. 6U) instructing a user to perform a second predefined gesture different from the predefined gesture (e.g., a second predefined gesture selected from the plurality of predefined gestures). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second set of inputs, the computer system ceases displaying the one or more directions instructing a user to perform the predefined gesture. In some embodiments, displaying the one or more directions instructing a user to perform the second predefined gesture includes a demonstration (e.g., a video demonstration and/or an animated demonstration) of the second predefined gesture. Displaying one or more directions instructing a user to perform a second predefined gesture different from the predefined gesture provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device is now detecting (or preparing to detect) the second predefined gesture).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions instructing a user to performed the predefined gesture (e.g., 638D, 638E), the computer system (e.g., 600) determines that the predefined gesture has not been detected for a third threshold period of time (e.g., 20 seconds or 30 seconds) (e.g., a threshold period of time since displaying the one or more directions instructing the user to perform the predefined gesture and/or a threshold period of time after initiating video capture (e.g., after activating a camera and/or displaying a video capture user interface)) (e.g., determining that video content captured by a camera does not depict a user performing the predefined gesture). In some embodiments, the third threshold period of time is the same as the second threshold period of time.
  • In some embodiments, in response to determining that the predefined gesture has not been detected for the third threshold period of time, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays a third option (e.g., 638H) that is selectable to initiate a process to request a different predefined gesture (e.g., a different predefined gesture of the plurality of predefined gestures). In some embodiments, the user selects the third option to cause the computer system to provide the different predefined gesture for use in the liveness check. In some embodiments, while displaying the third option, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a selection input corresponding to selection of the third option; and in response to detecting the selection input corresponding to selection of the third option, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, one or more directions instructing a user to performed a third predefined gesture different from the predefined gesture, and, optionally, ceases displaying the one or more directions instructing the user to perform the predefined gesture and/or ceases displaying a video capture user interface. Displaying a third option that is selectable to initiate a process for requesting a different predefined gesture in response to determining that the predefined gesture has not been detected for the third threshold period of time provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has not yet detected the predefined gesture).
  • In some embodiments, receiving the identity check information includes receiving one or more photographs (e.g., 650C) captured by a camera (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system) (e.g., the same camera used to capture video content for the liveness check information) (e.g., one or more photographs captured by a camera subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the one or more directions for the user to provide identity check information). In some embodiments, the one or more directions for the user to provide identity check information includes one or more directions for the user to capture a self-photograph (e.g., capture an image of the user) (e.g., using a camera (e.g., a camera in communication with the computer system) (e.g., the same camera used to capture video content for the liveness check information)).
  • In some embodiments, the determination that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that the video content (e.g., 638C) of the liveness check information depicts the same user as the one or more photographs (e.g., 650C) of the identity check information (e.g., the determination that the identity check satisfies the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that one or more frames of the video content that is part of the liveness check information depict the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information) (e.g., based on a machine learning model). In some embodiments, the determination that the identity check information does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that the video content that is part of the liveness check information does not depict the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information (e.g., the determination that the identity check does not satisfy the set of identity check criteria includes a determination that one or more frames of the video content that is part of the liveness check information do not depict the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information). Determining whether the video content that is part of the liveness check information depicts the same user as the one or more photographs that are part of the identity check information provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from adding the digital identification credential to his or her device).
  • In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria, and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check criteria, the computer system (e.g., 600) initiates a process for transmitting credential authentication information corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a subset of the identity check information, one or more self-photographs captured as part of the identity check information, and/or one or more scans of a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport)) to an external electronic device (e.g., an external electronic device associated with a third party (e.g., a third party associated with and/or corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., a third party that issued and/or authorized a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential))) (e.g., FIGS. 6Z, 6AC, 6AD). Transmitting credential authentication information corresponding to the digital identification credential to an external electronic device (e.g., for further confirmation of user identity) provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from adding the digital identification credential to his or her device).
  • In some embodiments, initiating the process for transmitting credential authentication information to the external electronic device includes, prior to transmitting the credential authentication information to the external electronic device, displaying, via the display generation component, a notification (e.g., 654, 656A) that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party. In some embodiments, displaying the notification that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party includes displaying a notification identifying the information that will be transmitted to the third party (e.g., one or more self-photographs captured as part of the identity check information and/or one or more scans of a physical identification credential corresponding to the digital identification credential). In some embodiments, displaying the notification that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party includes displaying a notification identifying the third party. Displaying a notification that credential authentication information will be transmitted to a third party provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device will imminently transmit credential authentication information to a third party).
  • In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check criteria and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check criteria, the computer system (e.g., 600) binds the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 6AA-6AB) (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan). In some embodiments, binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system includes binding the digital identification credential to a single biometric profile stored on the computer system without binding the digital identification credential to any other biometric profiles stored on the computer system. In some embodiments, the computer system stores multiple biometric profiles that have access to unlock the computer system and have access to one or more of the same credentials (e.g., of payment accounts) of the computer system. In some embodiments, binding the digital identification credential to a particular biometric profile limits access to the digital identification credential to just that particular biometric profile. Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • In some embodiments, binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes: receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information (e.g., FIGS. 6AA-6AB) (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan) (e.g., biometric information captured after the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check information and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check information); determining that the received biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a first biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., a first biometric profile of a plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system); and in response to determining that the received biometric information corresponds to the first biometric profile, binding the digital identification credential to the first biometric profile (e.g., binding the digital identification credential to only the first biometric profile and/or without binding the digital identification credential to any other biometric profile (e.g., any other biometric profile stored on the computer system)). In some embodiments, binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes: receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan) (e.g., biometric information captured after the determination that the liveness check information satisfies the set of liveness check information and that the identity check information satisfies the set of identity check information); and in response to receiving the biometric information: in accordance with a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a first biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., a first biometric profile of a plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system), binding the digital identification credential to the first biometric profile (without binding the digital identification credential to the second biometric profile); and in accordance with a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a second biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., different from the first biometric profile) (e.g., a second biometric profile of the plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system), binding the digital identification credential to the second biometric profile (e.g., without binding the digital identification credential to the first biometric profile). Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • In some embodiments, binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes binding the digital identification credential to a first facial scan profile of a plurality of facial scan profiles stored on the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 6AA-6AB) (in some embodiments, without binding the digital identification credential to any other facial scan profiles of the plurality of facial scan profiles stored on the computer system). Binding the digital identification credential to a facial scan biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • In some embodiments, binding the digital identification credential to the biometric profile stored on the computer system includes binding the digital identification credential to a first fingerprint scan profile of a plurality of fingerprint scan profiles stored on the computer system (in some embodiments, without binding the digital identification credential to any other fingerprint scan profiles of the plurality of fingerprint scan profiles stored on the computer system). Binding the digital identification credential to a fingerprint scan biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to detecting the one or more user inputs: the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of user inputs (e.g., 620) (e.g., entry on a displayed keyboard, and/or selection from a list) identifying (e.g., selecting) a geographic region (e.g., a state, a county, a country, a continent and/or a city) associated with the digital identification credential (e.g., FIG. 6C). Receiving a set of inputs identifying a geographic region associated with the digital identification credential provides a means for selection by the user. Otherwise, additional inputs would be required for the user to specify a digital identification credential that the user wishes to add to the computer system.
  • Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 700 (e.g., FIG. 7 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, methods 900 and 1100 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 700. For example, the digital identification credential that is enrolled in method 700 may be the digital identification credential that is used in method 900 and/or that is managed in method 1100. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • FIGS. 8A-8H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for using a digital credential, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 8A depicts electronic device 600, which is a smartphone with touch-sensitive display 602. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, and/or 500. FIG. 8A depicts electronic device 600 in a sleep state (left) in which it is not displaying any content, and in an awake state (right) in which it is displaying user interface 802. In both scenarios, electronic device 600 detects external reader device 800 (e.g., detects external reader device 800 within a threshold proximity and/or at a threshold signal strength). External reader device 800 is a device that is requesting digital credential information corresponding to a digital identification credential stored on electronic device 600.
  • In FIG. 8B, in response to detecting external reader device 800, electronic device 600 displays user interface 804 indicating that electronic device 600 is establishing a secure connection with external reader device 800. In the scenario on the left, electronic device 600 goes from the sleep state to a wake state to display user interface 804. In the scenario on the right, electronic device 600 displays user interface 804 overlaid on user interface 802. In some embodiments, user interface 802 is visually deemphasized (e.g., shown at a darker brightness and/or blurred). In FIG. 8B, user interface 804 also displays representation 808D of a digital identification credential corresponding to the digital credential information being requested by the external reader device 800.
  • In FIG. 8C, after establishing a secure connection with external reader device 800 (e.g., in response to establishing the secure connection with external reader device 800), electronic device 600 displays user interface 806. User interface 806 includes entity indication 808A which indicates the entity that is requesting the digital credential information (in this case, the Transportation Security Administration). User interface 806 also includes requested information indication 808B, which identifies all information that is being requested by external reader device 800. In the depicted scenario, external reader device 800 is requesting the user's full name, date of birth, ID photo, sex, and ID information (e.g., a driver's license number). All of the requested information corresponds to, is part of, and/or is stored as part of the digital identification credential. User interface 806 includes close option 808C that is selectable to close user interface 806 (and forgo transmitting digital credential information to external reader device 800). User interface 806 instructs a user to provide an input via side button 809 to approve transmission of the requested digital credential information to external reader device 800. In FIG. 8C, electronic device 600 detects user input 810 via side button 809.
  • In FIG. 8D, in response to user input 810, electronic device 600 collects biometric information from the user, as indicated by indication 808E. For example, in some embodiments, electronic device 600 collects facial scan information (e.g., via camera 639 and/or a depth sensor of electronic device 600), fingerprint scan information, and/or eye scan information. As discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6A-6AF, the digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile on electronic device 600 (e.g., a facial scan profile, a fingerprint scan profile, and/or an eye scan profile). In FIG. 8D, electronic device 600 confirms that the biometric information collected from the user matches the biometric profile that corresponds to the digital identification credential.
  • In FIG. 8E, in accordance with a determination that the biometric information collected from the user matches the biometric profile that corresponds to the digital identification credential, electronic device 600 transmits the requested digital credential information to external reader device 800 (e.g., without transmitting any other digital credential information that is not requested by external reader device 800), as indicated by indication 808F. In some embodiments, if digital credential information is transmitted to an external reader device, information pertaining to that transmission instance is recorded and/or stored on electronic device 600, as will be described in greater detail below with reference to FIGS. 10A-10J. In some embodiments, if the biometric information collected from the user does not match the biometric profile that corresponds to the digital identification credential, electronic device 600 does not transmit digital credential information to external reader device 800. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 establishes a first connection with external reader device 800 to receive information from external reader device 800 (e.g., entity information and what types of digital credential information are being requested by external reader device 800), and establishes a separate, second connection with external reader device 800 to transmit digital credential information to external reader device 800.
  • As discussed above, a user provides one or more inputs (e.g., input 810 via side button 809) and also provides biometric information in order to authorize electronic device 600 to transmit digital credential information to external reader device 800. Authorizing the device to transmit information to an external reader device can also be referred to as “arming” the device. In some embodiments, some types of digital credentials, such as digital payment credentials, can be “pre-armed,” such that a user can provide one or more inputs (e.g., one or more touch inputs and/or button inputs and/or biometric inputs) to authorize transmission of information to an external reader even before the external reader is detected. In such scenarios, when electronic device 600 detects the external reader, electronic device 600 is already authorized to transmit digital credential information (e.g., payment information) to the external reader without further user input. However, in some embodiments, some types of digital credentials, such as digital identification credentials, cannot be pre-armed, such that a user cannot provide (e.g., is not permitted to provide) authorization inputs (e.g., one or more touch inputs and/or button inputs and/or biometric inputs) authorizing transmission of digital credential information to an external reader until electronic device 600 has detected the external reader, has connected to the external reader, has received information from the external reader (e.g., entity information and information identifying the digital credential information that the external reader is requesting), and displayed user interface 806 which displays the entity information and the information identifying the digital credential information being requested by the external reader.
  • As discussed above with reference to FIG. 8C, once electronic device 600 establishes a connection with external reader device 800, and receives information from external reader device 800, electronic device 600 displays user interface 806 which informs the user of an entity associated with electronic reader device 800 (e.g., an entity requesting digital credential information using external reader device 800), as well the digital credential information that is being requested by external reader device 800 (and will be transmitted to external reader device 800 if the user authorizes such transmission). FIG. 8C illustrated a first example scenario in which the TSA requested certain types of information. FIG. 8F illustrates another example scenario, in which a pharmacy, Allgreens Pharmacy, is using external reader device 800 to request certain types of digital credential information. User interface 806 indicates that Allgreens Pharmacy is requesting the user's full name, address, date of birth, ID information (e.g., driver's license number), and ID photo. However, in FIG. 8F, user interface 806 also indicates a first set of information 808B-1 that will be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy (e.g., will be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy even after a transaction is completed and/or will be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy for a set number of days, weeks, months, and/or years and/or indefinitely), and also a second set of information 808B-2 that will be transmitted to Allgreens Pharmacy, but will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy (e.g., will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy other than being stored in temporary memory to display to Allgreens Pharmacy and/or will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy after completion of a transaction, and/or for more than 30 seconds and/or a minute) (e.g., will not be stored by Allgreens Pharmacy in persistent storage).
  • FIG. 8G illustrates an example scenario in which a store called Liquor Store is using external reader device 800 to request certain types of digital credential information. In FIG. 8G, Liquor Store is requesting an indication (e.g., a binary indication, yes vs. no) of whether or not the user is over 21 (e.g., without requesting the user's actual date of birth), as well as the user's ID Photo.
  • FIG. 8H illustrates an example scenario in which external reader device 800 is not a recognized and/or is not an authorized external reader (e.g., has not been authorized by one or more authorizing entities). In accordance with a determination that external reader device 800 is not a recognized and/or authorized external reader, electronic device 600 displays indication 812, and also displays options 814A and 814B. Option 814A is selectable to resume transmission of digital credential information to external reader device 800 (e.g., selectable to display user interface 806 identifying the types of digital credential information being requested by unauthorized external reader device 800), and option 814B is selectable to cancel (e.g., deny) transmission of digital credential information to unauthorized external reader device 800.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for using a digital identification credential using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method 900 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display); a mouse; a keyboard; a remote control; a wireless communication input device (e.g., Bluetooth and/or NFC); a biometric input device (e.g., a fingerprint scanner, retina scanner, and/or a camera); and/or a camera). Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for using a digital identification credential. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for using a digital identification credential, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to use a digital identification credential faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • The computer system (e.g., 600) receives (902), via the one or more input devices, a request for digital identification from an external electronic device (e.g., 800) (e.g., a digital credential reader, and/or an NFC-enabled contactless reader) that is separate from the computer system. In some embodiments, the request is received from the external electronic device based on the computer system having been placed into an RF field (e.g., an NFC RF field) generated by the external electronic device.
  • In response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device (e.g., FIGS. 8A-8C) (904), and in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information (906) (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is a recognized and/or authorized digital credential reader), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (908), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g., 806) that identifies one or more pieces (e.g., a single piece or a plurality of pieces) of digital identification credential information (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) being requested by the external electronic device (e.g., 808B) (e.g., one or more pieces of digital identification credential information associated with (e.g., corresponding to) a digital identification credential stored on the computer system). In some embodiments, the first user interface forgoes identifying one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that is not being requested by the external electronic device. In some embodiments, the digital identification credential stored on the computer system is associated with a first set of digital identification credential information, and the external electronic device requests some or all of the first set of digital identification credential information. In some embodiments, determining that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information includes receiving information from the external electronic device that identifies the external electronic device and performing, using the received information, a check (e.g., locally and/or via wireless/wired communication with a remote server) that the external electronic device is authorized to receive digital identification credential information (e.g., is a member of an authorized group). Displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from an external electronic device) and provides the user with feedback about what information will be transmitted if the user proceeds with the process.
  • Subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces (e.g., a single piece or a plurality of pieces) of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device (910), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (912), via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs (e.g., 810) (e.g., one or more tap inputs, one or more button inputs, one or more biometric inputs (e.g., photo, fingerprint scan, face scan, and/or eye scan)).
  • In response to detecting the one or more user inputs (914), and in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria (e.g., biometric authentication in FIGS. 8C-8D), the computer system (e.g., 600) transmits (918) the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device (e.g., 800), wherein the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information are associated with (e.g., correspond to) a digital identification credential stored on (e.g., in a secure element of) the computer system (e.g., without transmitting one or more other pieces of digital credential information associated with the digital identification credential stored on the computer system that is not being requested by the external electronic device). Transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device if the one or more user inputs satisfy one or more information transmission criteria, and if the external electronic device is determined to be authorized to receive digital identification credential information, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) does not transmit any pieces of digital credential information (e.g., requested by the external electronic device or otherwise) to the external electronic device without first providing the user with what pieces of digital credential information have been requested and/or will be transmitted upon authorization and, receiving (subsequent to providing the user with what pieces of digital credential information requested/to be transmitting) user approval by satisfying the one or more information transmission criteria. Thus, in some embodiments, a prior user authorization (received prior to displaying the pieces of information requested/to be transmitted) to transmit digital credential information does not satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria.
  • In some embodiments, the one or more information transmission criteria includes a first criterion that is satisfied if the one or more user inputs include one or more user inputs (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more button inputs) corresponding to a request to transmit the requested digital credential information to the external electronic device. In some embodiments, the one or more information transmission criteria includes a second criterion that is satisfied if the one or more user inputs include biometric information (e.g., fingerprint scan, face scan, eye scan, and/or photo) and the biometric information matches biometric information stored on the computer system (e.g., biometric information corresponding to the digital identification credential stored on the computer system).
  • In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not a recognized digital credential reader), the computer system displays a second user interface different from the first user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more user inputs do not satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria, the computer system forgoes transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device.
  • In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, and in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information (e.g., in accordance with a determination that the external electronic device is not a recognized and/or authorized digital credential reader), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a notification (e.g., 812) indicating that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information, the computer system displays a first option that is selectable to approve transmission of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device (e.g., despite the external electronic device not being authorized to receive digital identification credential information) (e.g., selectable to initiate and/or further a process for transmitting digital identification credential information to the external electronic device). Displaying a notification indicating that the external electronic device is not authorized to receive digital identification credential information provides enhanced security by informing the user that the external electronic device is not authorized, which can help users avoid initiating a transfer of sensitive information.
  • In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface further includes displaying identifying information identifying an entity corresponding to the external electronic device (e.g., 808A) (e.g., an entity requesting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information, such as a merchant or government agency). Displaying the first user interface that identifies an entity corresponding to the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from the entity corresponding to the external electronic device). Displaying entity information identifying the entity that is requesting the digital identification credential information provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • In some embodiments, the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information represents a subset (e.g., some (less than all) or all) of digital identification credential information associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the digital identification credential (e.g., 606G) stored on the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) (e.g., a digital identification credential corresponding to a physical identification credential (e.g., a physical driver's license, state identification card, employee identification card, benefits identification card, rewards card, and/or passport)). In some embodiments, the digital identification credential stored on the computer system is associated with a first set of digital identification credential information, and the external electronic device requests some or all of the first set of digital identification credential information. Displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface (e.g., 806) that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device (e.g., 8000) includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication (e.g., 808B-2) that a first subset of the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information will be transmitted to the external electronic device but will not be stored by the external electronic device (e.g., will not be stored by an entity associated with the external electronic device) (e.g., will not be stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium (e.g., will only be stored temporarily in a transitory computer readable medium)) (e.g., will be not be stored in a computer-readable medium in a non-transitory manner such that the information cannot be accessed in the future by the entity associated with the external electronic device); and displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component, a second indication (e.g., 808B-1) that a second subset (e.g., different from the first subset, not overlapping the first subset) of the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information will be transmitted to the external electronic device and will be stored by the external electronic device (e.g., will be stored by an entity associated with the external electronic device) (e.g., will be stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium) (e.g., will be stored in a computer-readable medium in a non-transitory manner such that the information can be accessed in the future by the entity associated with the external electronic device). In some embodiments, the first indication and the second indication are concurrently displayed. Displaying an indication of which pieces of information will be stored by the external electronic device and which pieces of information will not be stored by the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information.
  • In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system (e.g., 600) forgoes displaying, via the display generation component, any content (e.g., FIG. 8A, left side) (e.g., operating in a sleep state, display is not displaying any content). In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device the computer system and/or a display of the computer system is in a low power state. In some embodiments, prior to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system is not displaying any content and/or is operating in a sleep state (e.g., the device generation component in communication with the computer system is in a sleep state and is not displaying any content), and in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system displays a user interface (e.g., the first user interface and/or a different user interface) indicating that the computer system has received a request for digital identification from the external electronic device. Displaying the first user interface that identifies one or more pieces of digital identification credential information being requested by the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from an external electronic device). Forgoing displaying any content, and then displaying the first user interface in response to receiving the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device has received a request for one or more pieces of digital identification credential information from an external electronic device).
  • In some embodiments, prior to receiving (e.g., immediately prior to receiving) the request for digital identification from the external electronic device, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a second user interface (e.g., 802) different from the first user interface (in some embodiments, the computer system receives the request for digital identification from the external electronic device while displaying the second user interface). In some embodiments, displaying the first user interface (e.g., 806) includes displaying the first user interface overlaid on the second user interface (e.g., 802) (e.g., the first user interface partially covers, overlays onto, and/or obscures the second user interface). In some embodiments, while displaying the first user interface, the second user interface is visually deemphasized (e.g., is darkened and/or blurred) (e.g., relative to the first user interface and/or relative to display of the second user interface prior to display of the first user interface). Displaying the first user interface overlaid on the second user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device will return to the second user interface after transmission of content to the external electronic device is completed and/or canceled).
  • In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request for digital identification credential information from the external electronic device, and prior to displaying the first user interface, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays a third user interface (e.g., 804), different from the first user interface, indicating that a connection (e.g., a secure connection) is being established with the external electronic device. In some embodiments, digital identification credential information is not transmitted to the external electronic device while displaying the third user interface. In some embodiments, digital identification credential information is not transmitted to the external electronic device prior to the determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria. Displaying the third user interface indicating that a connection is being established with the external electronic device provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., that the device is establishing a connection with the external electronic device).
  • In some embodiments, the one or more user inputs includes biometric information corresponding to a user of the computer system (e.g., FIGS. 8C-8D) (e.g., biometric information collected subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the first user interface) (e.g., biometric information collected in response to one or more user inputs (e.g., one or more tap inputs, one or more button inputs, and/or one or more different inputs) detected subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the first user interface) (e.g., a facial scan, a fingerprint scan, and/or a periocular and/or eye scan); and the one or more information transmission criteria includes a criterion that is satisfied if the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a biometric profile associated with (e.g., corresponding to, is bound to) the digital identification credential stored on the computer system. Requiring biometric authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • In some embodiments, the biometric information includes a facial scan (e.g., including a plurality of characteristics of facial features), and the biometric profile is a facial scan profile (e.g., a facial scan profile stored on the computer system). Requiring facial scan authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • In some embodiments, the biometric information includes a fingerprint scan (e.g., including a plurality of characteristics of fingerprint features), and the biometric profile is a fingerprint scan profile (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile stored on the computer system). Requiring fingerprint scan authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • In some embodiments, the digital identification credential is associated with (e.g., bound with) a first biometric profile stored on the computer system, and is not associated with (e.g., not bound with) a second biometric profile stored on the computer system. In some embodiments, the digital identification credential is associated with only the first biometric profile stored on the computer system, and is not associated with any other biometric profile stored on the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more information transmission criteria includes a biometric criterion that is satisfied when the biometric information corresponds to a biometric profile associated with (e.g., bound with) the digital identification credential (e.g., the determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria includes a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) the first biometric profile) (e.g., FIGS. 8C-8E). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one or more user inputs, and in accordance with a determination that the biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) the second biometric profile (in some embodiments, and does not correspond to the first biometric profile), the computer system (e.g., 600) forgoes transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by the external electronic device to the external electronic device. In some embodiments, the digital identification credential is associated with a single biometric profile of a plurality of biometric profiles stored on the computer system, and the one or more user inputs must include biometric information that matches the single biometric profile in order to transmit digital identification credential information to the external electronic device. Requiring biometric authentication prior to transmitting the digital identification credential information to the external electronic device provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential and/or transmitting digital identification credential information).
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one or more user inputs, and in accordance with the determination that the one or more user inputs satisfy the one or more information transmission criteria (in some embodiments, in response to and/or subsequent to transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device), the computer system (e.g., 600) stores, on the computer system, first transmission instance information corresponding to the transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device (e.g., FIGS. 10C-10E). In some embodiments, the first transmission instance information includes one or more of the following: date and/or time of transmission; a requesting entity associated with the external electronic device; the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information requested by and transmitted to the external electronic device; identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device but was not stored by the external electronic device (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device); and/or identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device and was stored by the external electronic device (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device). In some embodiments, the transmission instance information can be accessed (e.g., can be displayed) via one or more user interfaces on the computer system. Automatically storing first transmission instance information corresponding to the transmitting the one or more pieces of digital identification credential information to the external electronic device allows a user to store the transmission instance information without requiring further user inputs.
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to storing the first transmission instance information on the computer system, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface including representations of a plurality of digital credentials (e.g., 604) (e.g., one or more digital payment credentials, one or more digital rewards credentials, one or more digital membership credentials, and/or one or more digital identification credentials), including the digital identification credential (e.g., 606G). While displaying the fourth user interface, the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of user inputs (e.g., 1000) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to a request to display representations of a plurality of transmission instances corresponding to the digital identification credential (e.g., instances in which digital identification credential information corresponding to the digital identification credential was transmitted to an external electronic device) (e.g., without displaying transmission instances corresponding to other digital credentials). In response to detecting the second set of user inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, representations of a plurality of transmission instances (e.g., 1004B, 1004C, 1004D), including a first representation corresponding to (e.g., representative of) the first transmission instance information. While displaying the first representation, the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices, a third set of user inputs (e.g., 1008A, 1008B, 1008C) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to selection of the first representation. In response to detecting the third set of user inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, at least a subset of the first transmission instance information (e.g., FIGS. 10C-10E) (e.g., some or all of the first transmission instance information). In some embodiments, the computer system receives a series of user inputs and displays, in response to the series of user inputs, details about a specific transaction (e.g., as part of a wallet application). In some embodiments, the details about the specific transaction includes details about what information was transmitted and will not be stored, what information was transmitted and will be stored, and/or what information was not transmitted. Displaying the fourth user interface that includes representations of a plurality of transmission instances corresponding to the digital identification credential allows a user to quickly and easily access information pertaining to past transmission instances for the digital identification credential, thereby providing a means for selection by the user. Otherwise, additional inputs would be required to further locate transmission instance information.
  • In some embodiments, the first transmission instance information includes: identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device but was not stored by the external electronic device (e.g., 1012E) (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device); and identification of one or more pieces of digital identification credential information that was transmitted to the external electronic device and was stored by the external electronic device (e.g., 1012D) (e.g., an entity associated with the external electronic device). Storing a record of types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device and was stored by the external electronic device enables the computer system to provide the user with a history of transactions and what information was provided as part of the transaction.
  • In some embodiments, the digital identification credential (e.g., 606G) is a digital credential of a first type (e.g., an identification credential and/or a non-identification credential). In some embodiments, the computer system stores one or more digital credentials of the first type, and the computer system stores one or more digital credentials of a second type (e.g., 606A-606C) (e.g., different from the first type, a payment credential, and/or a non-payment credential such as a loyalty account credential). In some embodiments, the one or more digital credentials of the second type are configured to be authorized for transmission of digital information to an external device (e.g., 800) before and/or after the computer system detects a nearby external device (e.g., before or after the computer system detects a request for information by the external device) (e.g., digital credentials of the second type can be “pre-armed” (e.g., pre-authorized by a user) to transmit digital information to an external device even before the computer system detects a request from an external device). In some embodiments, the one or more digital credentials of the first type are not configured to be authorized to transmit digital information to an external device until the external device has been detected by the computer system, and the computer system has displayed, via the display generation component, digital information being requested by the external device (e.g., 806, 808B) (e.g., digital credentials of the first type cannot be “pre-armed” (e.g., pre-authorized by a user) to transmit digital information to an external device) (e.g., digital credentials of the first type must first receive a request for digital information from an external device, and must first display the digital information being requested by the external device, prior to receiving authorization from a user to transmit the digital information to the external device (e.g., prior to receiving one or more user inputs that satisfy the information transmission criteria)). In some embodiments, the computer system will not transmit the one or more digital credentials of the first type without receiving explicit user authorization for the transaction after the computer system has received a request from the external electronic device for that transaction (e.g., the computer system does not allow pre-arming and/or pre-approving a transaction before the transaction request has been received and details of the transaction are displayed for the user). As a result, the computer systems helps to prevent a user from authorizing a transaction without first recognizing the information that will be transmitted as part of the transaction. In contrast, the computer system will transmit one or more digital credentials of the second type if the user has provided prior authorization (prior to receiving the request for the transaction) for transfers of the second type. Preventing digital credentials of the first type from being authorized to transmit digital information to an external device until the external device has been detected by the computer system and until digital information being requested by the external device is displayed on the display generation component (e.g., preventing digital credentials of the first type from being “pre-armed”) provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by ensuring that private information is not mistakenly or improperly being transmitted to external devices without explicit user authorization).
  • In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) receives, via the one or more input devices, a second request for digital credential information from a second external electronic device (e.g., 800) (e.g., a digital credential reader, and/or an NFC-enabled contactless reader) that is separate from the computer system, wherein the second request for digital credential information is received via a first connection channel (e.g., a first wireless connection channel, and/or a first connection channel of a first type); In some embodiments, the second request is received from the second external electronic device based on the computer system having been placed into an RF field (e.g., an NFC RF field) generated by the second external electronic device. In response to receiving the second request for digital credential information from the second external electronic device, and in accordance with a determination that the second request for digital credential information corresponds to a request for digital credential information corresponding to a digital credential of a second type (e.g., a digital payment credential) and that a first set of transmission conditions have been satisfied, the computer system (e.g., 600) transmits digital credential information to the second external electronic device via the first connection channel; and in accordance with a determination that the second request for digital credential information corresponds to a request for digital credential information from a digital credential of a first type (e.g., a digital identification credential) and that a second set of transmission conditions have been satisfied (e.g., different from the first set of transmission conditions) (e.g., the same as the first set of transmission conditions), the computer system (e.g., 600) transmits digital credential information to the second external electronic device via a second connection channel separate from the first connection channel (e.g., a second wireless connection channel, and/or a second connection channel of a second type different from the first type). In some embodiments, when the digital credential information is of the second type, credentials are transmitted using the same communication channel and/or communication protocol on which the request was received. In some embodiments, when the digital credential information is of the second type, credentials are transmitted using a different communication channel and/or communication protocol than on which the request was received. Receiving a request for information from an external device via a first channel, and transmitting digital credential information to the external device via a second channel, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by transmitting digital credential information via a more secure channel), such as by transmitting the digital credential information using a channel that is more secure, faster, and/or more stable.
  • Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 900 (e.g., FIG. 9 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below and/or above. For example, methods 700 and/or 1100 optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 900. For example, the digital identification credential that is enrolled in method 700 may be the digital identification credential that is used in method 900 and/or that is managed in method 1100. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • FIGS. 10A-10J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing digital credentials, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11A-11B.
  • FIG. 10A electronic device 600, which is a smartphone with touch-sensitive display 602. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, and/or 500. Electronic device 600 depicts wallet user interface 604, which was discussed above with reference to FIGS. 6A and 6AF. Wallet user interface 604 includes representations of a plurality of digital credentials stored on electronic device 600, including representation 606G representative of a first digital identification credential (e.g., a digital Georgia driver's license). In FIG. 10A, electronic device 600 detects user input 1000 corresponding to selection of representation 606G.
  • At FIG. 10B, in response to user input 1000, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1002 corresponding to the first digital identification credential. User interface 1002 displays a graphical representation 1004A of the first digital identification credential. User interface 1002 also includes representations of transmission instances 1004B, 1004C, 1004D. Each representation 1004B, 1004C, 1004D is representative of an instance in which digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential was transmitted to an external device (e.g., external reader device 800). User interface 1002 also includes done option 1006A, that is selectable to return to wallet user interface 604, and menu option 1006B, that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential. In FIG. 10B, while displaying user interface 1002, electronic device 600 detects user input 1008A, corresponding to selection of representation 1004B, user input 1008B, corresponding to selection of representation 1004C, user input 1008C, corresponding to selection of representation 1004D, and user input 1008D, corresponding to selection of option 1006B. Each of these user inputs will be discussed in turn in the following figures.
  • At FIG. 10C, in response to user input 1008A in FIG. 10B corresponding to selection of representation 1004B, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1010. Representation 1004B corresponds to a first transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with Allgreens Pharmacy. Accordingly, in FIG. 10C, user interface 1010 displays entity information 1012A corresponding to the first transmission instance identifying an entity that requested and received digital certificate information; transmission location information 1012B corresponding to the first transmission instance identifying a location at which the information transmission occurred; transmission time information 1012C corresponding to the first transmission instance identifying a date and time at which the transmission occurred; a first set of digital credential information 1012D identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the first transmission instance and was stored by the requesting entity; and a second set of digital credential information 1012E identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the first transmission instance and were not stored by the requesting entity. In the first transmission instance depicted in FIG. 10C, information was transmitted to Allgreens Pharmacy in Buckhead Ga. at 10:15 AM on Dec. 13, 2020. Allgreens Pharmacy requested and received the user's full name, date of birth, address, and ID information (e.g., driver's license number), and stored this information, and Allgreens Pharmacy also requested and received the user's ID photo, but did not store this information. User interface 1010 in FIG. 10C also includes map 1012F which visually displays the location at which the first transmission instance occurred. User interface 1010 in FIG. 10C also includes option 1012G that is selectable to report issues with the first transmission instance. User interface 1010 also includes option 1011 that is selectable to return to user interface 1002.
  • At FIG. 10D, in response to user input 1008B in FIG. 10B corresponding to selection of representation 1004C, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1010. Representation 1004C corresponds to a second transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with the Transportation Security Administration (TSA). Accordingly, in FIG. 10D, user interface 1010 displays entity information 1012A corresponding to the second transmission instance identifying an entity that requested and received digital certificate information; transmission location information 1012B corresponding to the second transmission instance identifying a location at which the information transmission occurred; transmission time information 1012C corresponding to the second transmission instance identifying a date and time at which the transmission occurred; a first set of digital credential information 1012D identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the second transmission instance and was stored by the requesting entity; and a second set of digital credential information 1012E identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the second transmission instance and were not stored by the requesting entity. In the second transmission instance depicted in FIG. 10D, information was transmitted to the TSA in Atlanta, Ga. on Dec. 4, 2020 at 6:50 AM. The TSA requested and received the user's full name, date of birth, gender, and ID information (e.g., driver's license number), and stored this information, and the TSA also requested and received the user's ID photo, but did not store this information. User interface 1010 in FIG. 10D also includes map 1012F which visually displays the location at which the second transmission instance occurred. User interface 1010 in FIG. 10D also includes option 1012G that is selectable to report issues with the second transmission instance.
  • At FIG. 10E, in response to user input 1008C in FIG. 10B corresponding to selection of representation 1004D, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1010. Representation 1004D corresponds to a third transmission instance in which digital credential information was transmitted to an external device that is associated with a store called “Liquor Store.” Accordingly, in FIG. 10E, user interface 1010 displays entity information 1012A corresponding to the third transmission instance identifying an entity that requested and received digital certificate information; transmission location information 1012B corresponding to the third transmission instance identifying a location at which the information transmission occurred; transmission time information 1012C corresponding to the third transmission instance identifying a date and time at which the transmission occurred; a first set of digital credential information 1012D identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the third transmission instance and was stored by the requesting entity; and a second set of digital credential information 1012E identifying types of digital credential information that were transmitted in the third transmission instance and were not stored by the requesting entity. In the third transmission instance depicted in FIG. 10E, information was transmitted to Liquor Store in Atlanta, Ga. on Feb. 20, 2020 at 5:15 AM. Liquor Store requested and received a binary determination of whether the user is over 21, and also the user's ID photo, but did not store any information. User interface 1010 in FIG. 10E also includes map 1012F which visually displays the location at which the third transmission instance occurred. User interface 1010 in FIG. 10E also includes option 1012G that is selectable to report issues with the second transmission instance. At FIG. 10E, electronic device detects user input 1014 corresponding to selection of option 1012G.
  • At FIG. 10F, in response to user input 1014, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1016. User interface 1016 includes option 1018A, that is selectable to return to user interface 1010 of FIG. 10E. User interface 1016 also includes option 1018B that is selectable to report a data usage violation for the third transmission instance (e.g., to report that Liquor Store is using data in an improper way); option 1018C that is selectable to report unknown activity (e.g., to report that the user does not believe he or she authorized the data transmission of the third transmission instance); option 1018D that is selectable to report incorrect merchant information (e.g., to report that the entity information 1012A associated with the third transmission instance is incorrect); and option 1018E to report other types of issues.
  • At FIG. 10G, in response to user input 1008D in FIG. 10B corresponding to selection of menu option 1006B, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1020. User interface 1020 identifies digital credential information (e.g., all digital credential information) corresponding to (e.g., stored as part of) the first digital identification credential (e.g., the Georgia driver's license). In some embodiments, digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential includes a set of information that corresponds to a physical identification credential (e.g., physical identification credential 1030) (e.g., a physical Georgia driver's license). In some embodiments, the digital identification credential is a digital representation of the physical identification credential.
  • FIG. 10H displays a different embodiment of user interface 1020 of FIG. 10G. In FIG. 10H, user interface 1020 includes option 1022 that is selectable to initiate a process for changing a biometric profile associated with (e.g., bound to) the first digital identification credential. As discussed above, in some embodiments, a digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile, such that transmission of digital identification information corresponding to the digital identification credential requires receipt of biometric information that matches the biometric profile. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 can allow for biometric profiles of different types, such as facial scan profiles and fingerprint scan profiles. In some embodiments, if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a first type (e.g., a facial scan profile), user interface 1020 does not include option 1022 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 10G), but if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a second type (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile), user interface 1020 does include option 1022 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 10H). Accordingly, in some embodiments, if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a first type (e.g., a facial scan profile), the user is not able to change the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential, but if the first digital identification credential is bound to a biometric profile of a second type (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile), the user is permitted and/or able to change the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential. At FIG. 10H, electronic device 600 detects user input 1024 corresponding to selection of option 1022.
  • At FIG. 10I, in response to user input 1024, electronic device 600 displays notification 1026 requesting that the user profile biometric information corresponding to the biometric profile that is currently bound to the first digital identification credential. At FIG. 10I, electronic device 600 receives biometric information (e.g., fingerprint input 1028). At FIG. 10J, in accordance with a determination that the received biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) the biometric profile currently bound to the first digital identification credential, electronic device 600 displays instruction 1030 requesting that the user provide new biometric information for binding the first digital identification credential to a different and/or new biometric profile. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 receives updated and/or new biometric information, and, in accordance with a determination that the new biometric information corresponds to (e.g., matches) a second biometric profile stored on electronic device 600, electronic device 600 binds the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile (and the first digital identification credential is no longer bound to the previous biometric profile).
  • FIGS. 11A-11B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for managing digital credentials using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1100 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g., a display controller; a touch-sensitive display system; and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display); a mouse; a keyboard; and/or a remote control). Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.
  • As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way for managing digital credentials. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for managing digital credentials, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to manage digital credentials faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1102), via the display generation component, a first user interface (e.g., 604) that includes one or more (e.g., one or multiple) representations of digital identification credentials (e.g., 606G) stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential (e.g., 606G). In some embodiments, the first user interface includes one or more representations of digital credentials stored on the computer system, including one or more digital identification credentials and one or more other digital credentials (e.g., one or more payment credentials, one or more loyalty account credentials, and/or one or more transit account credentials). In some embodiments, the first user interface does not include representations of information transmission instances associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential.
  • While displaying the first user interface (1104), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1106), via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs (e.g., 1000) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to selection of (e.g., tap input on) the representation of the first digital identification credential.
  • In response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential (1108), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1110), via the display generation component, a second user interface (e.g., 1002) (e.g., a second user interface different from the first user interface) (e.g., replacing display of the first user interface with the second user interface) corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first digital identification credential. The second user interface (e.g., 1002) includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances (e.g., 1004B, 1004C, 1004D) associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance (e.g., 1004B) and a representation of a second transmission instance (e.g., 1004C) (1112). The first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012D, 1012E in FIG. 10C) (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device (e.g., a wireless reader, an NFC reader) (1114). The second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance (e.g., different from the first instance) in which a second set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012D, 1012E in FIG. 10D) (e.g., name, date of birth, age, above/below specified (non-zero) age threshold (e.g., older than or not older than 18 years old, without specifying an age), gender, ID photo, height, weight, eye color, hair color, organ donor status, veteran status, and/or address) associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device (e.g., a wireless reader, an NFC reader) (e.g., a second external electronic device different from the first external electronic device) (1116). In some embodiments, the first set of digital credential information is different from the second set of digital credential information (e.g., the first set of digital credential information represents a first subset of digital credential information associated with the digital identification credential, and the second set of digital credential information represents a second subset of digital credential information associated with the digital identification credential different from the first subset). Storing a record of various transmission instances and types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device in each of those transmission instances and displaying them provides enhanced security by providing the user with a history of private information that has been transmitted to external devices.
  • While displaying the second user interface (e.g., 1002) (1118), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1120), via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1004B, 1004C, 1004D) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs).
  • In response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008A, 1008B, 1008C) (1122): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance (e.g., 1004B) (1124), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1126), via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012D, 1012E in FIG. 10C) that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance (e.g., without displaying representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance); and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance (e.g., 1004C) (1128), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1130), via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012D, 1012E in FIG. 10D) that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance (e.g., without displaying representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance).
  • In some embodiments, the first set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012D, 1012E in FIG. 10C) includes a first subset of (e.g., less than all of) a set of credential information that includes: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, and an age threshold determination (e.g., a binary determination of whether a person associated with the digital identification credential satisfies a minimum age requirement); and the second set of digital credential information (e.g., 1012D, 1012E in FIG. 10D) includes a second subset of (e.g., less than all of) the set of credential information different from the first subset. Storing a record of various transmission instances and types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device in each of those transmission instances provides enhanced security by providing the user with a history of private information that has been transmitted to external devices.
  • In some embodiments, displaying representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication that a first subset of (e.g., less than all of) the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device but was not stored by the first external electronic device (e.g., 1012E) (e.g., was not stored by an entity associated with the first external electronic device, and/or was not stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium (e.g., was only stored temporarily in a transitory computer readable medium)); and displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component, a second indication that a second subset of (e.g., less than all of) the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device and was stored by the first external electronic device (e.g., 1012D) (e.g., was stored by an entity associated with the first external electronic device) (e.g., was stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium) (e.g., was stored in a computer-readable medium in a non-transitory manner such that the information can be accessed in the future by the entity associated with the first external electronic device). Storing a record of various transmission instances and types of information that was transmitted to an external electronic device in each of those transmission instances, including a record of what types of information was stored by the external electronic device and what types of information was not stored, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by ensuring that private information has not been improperly transmitted to external devices and/or the external devices are not improperly storing private information).
  • In some embodiments, displaying representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance includes: displaying, via the display generation component, a third indication that a third subset of the second set of digital credential information was transmitted to the second external electronic device but was not stored by the second external electronic device (e.g., was not stored by an entity associated with the second external electronic device) (e.g., was not stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium (e.g., was only stored temporarily in a transitory computer readable medium)); and displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying), via the display generation component, a fourth indication that a fourth subset of the second set of digital credential information was transmitted to the second external electronic device and was stored by the second external electronic device (e.g., was stored by an entity associated with the second external electronic device) (e.g., was stored in a non-transitory computer readable medium) (e.g., was stored in a computer-readable medium in a non-transitory manner such that the information can be accessed in the future by the entity associated with the second external electronic device).
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008A, 1008B, 1008C): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance (e.g., 1004B), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, entity information (e.g., 1012A in FIG. 10C) identifying a first entity associated with the first external electronic device; and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance (e.g., 1004C), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, entity information (e.g., 1012A in FIG. 10D) identifying a second entity (e.g., different from the first entity) (e.g., without displaying entity information identifying the first entity) associated with the second external electronic device. In some embodiments, the entity information identifying the first entity is displayed concurrently with the representations of the first set of digital credential information. In some embodiments, the entity information identifying the second entity is displayed concurrently with the representations of the second set of digital credential information. Storing a record of various transmission instances, including a record of the information requesting entity associated with each transmission instance, provides enhanced security and provides the user with visual feedback about the entity to which information was transmitted.
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008A, 1008B, 1008C): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance (e.g., 1004B), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a first selectable option (e.g., 1012G in FIG. 10C) that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the first transmission instance (e.g., data usage violation, unknown activity, incorrect merchant info, and/or other issues); and in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance (e.g., 1004C), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a second selectable option (e.g., 1012G in FIG. 10D) that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the second transmission instance (e.g., data usage violation, unknown activity, incorrect merchant info, and/or other issues). In some embodiments, the first selectable option is displayed concurrently with the representations of the first set of digital credential information. In some embodiments, the second selectable option is displayed concurrently with the representations of the second set of digital credential information. Displaying a selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to a transmission instance, provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive information (e.g., by allowing a user to report an unauthorized or otherwise inappropriate transmission instance).
  • In some embodiments, the second user interface (e.g., 1002) further includes a third selectable option (e.g., 1006B) that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential. In some embodiments, the third selectable option is displayed concurrently with the representation of the first transmission instance and the representation of the second transmission instance. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008D): in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs (e.g., 1008D) correspond to selection of the third selectable option (e.g., 1006B), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface (e.g., 1020) different from the first, second, and third user interfaces. In some embodiments, the fourth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential. Displaying a fourth user interface in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has detected the one or more selection inputs).
  • In some embodiments, the fourth user interface (e.g., 1020) displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential. In some embodiments, digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential includes one or more of: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, a geographic region associated with the digital identification credential, one or more commercial licenses associated with the digital identification credential, voter registration status, organ donor status, eye color, hair color, and veteran status. In some embodiments, the fourth user interface displays all digital credential information that can be provided to an external electronic device using the first digital identification credential. Displaying a fourth user interface that displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has associated the first digital identification credential with the information displayed in the fourth user interface).
  • In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) stores a plurality of biometric profiles (e.g., a plurality of facial scan profiles, fingerprint scan profiles, and/or periocular and/or eye scan profiles); and the first digital identification credential (e.g., 606G) is bound to a first biometric profile of the plurality of biometric profiles (e.g., bound exclusively to the first biometric profile, and/or is bound to the first biometric profile and is not bound to any of the other biometric profiles stored on the computer system). In some embodiments, transmission of digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential requires biometric authentication based on the first biometric profile. Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to displaying the second user interface (e.g., 1002), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a fifth user interface (e.g., 1020) corresponding to (e.g., corresponding uniquely to) the first digital identification credential (e.g., 606G). In accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a first type (e.g., a fingerprint scan profile), the fifth user interface (e.g., 1020 in FIG. 10H) includes a fifth selectable option (e.g., 1022) that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential (e.g., to a fingerprint of a different finger). In accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a second type different from the first type (e.g., a facial scan profile), the fifth user interface (e.g., 1020 in FIG. 10G) does not include the fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential (e.g., does not include any selectable option that is selectable to change the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential). In some embodiments, the fifth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential. In some embodiments, digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential includes one or more of: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, a geographic region associated with the digital identification credential, one or more commercial licenses associated with the digital identification credential, voter registration status, organ donor status, eye color, hair color, and veteran status. In some embodiments, the fifth user interface is the fourth user interface. Automatically displaying the fifth selectable option in the fifth user interface if the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a first type provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has enabled the user to change the biometric profile that is bound to the digital identification credential). Forgoing displaying the fifth selectable option in the fifth user interface if the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of the second type provides the user with feedback about the current state of the device (e.g., the device has not enabled the user to change the biometric profile that is bound to the digital identification credential).
  • In some embodiments, while displaying the fifth selectable option (e.g., 1022), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or more input devices, a second set of selection inputs (e.g., 1024) (e.g., one or more tap inputs and/or one or more non-tap inputs) corresponding to selection of the fifth selection option. In response to detecting the second set of selection inputs, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface (e.g., 1026) requesting the user to provide biometric information corresponding to the first biometric profile (e.g., requesting the user to provide a fingerprint corresponding to the fingerprint scan profile that is currently bound to the first digital identification credential). In some embodiments, subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the sixth user interface (e.g., 1026), the computer system (e.g., 600) receives, via the one or more input devices, biometric information from a user (e.g., fingerprint input 1028). In response to receiving the biometric information from the user, and in accordance with a determination that the biometric information from the user corresponds to (e.g., matches) the first biometric profile, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays a seventh user interface (e.g., 1030) requesting the user to provide updated biometric information to be bound to the first digital identification credential. Subsequent to (e.g., while) displaying the seventh user interface (e.g., 1030), the computer system (e.g., 600) receives, via the one or more input devices, updated biometric information from the user. In response to receiving the updated biometric information from the user: in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a second biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., different from the first biometric profile), the computer system (e.g., 600) binds the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile; and in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a third biometric profile stored on the computer system (e.g., different from the first and second biometric profiles), the computer system (e.g., 600) binds the first digital identification credential to the third biometric profile. In some embodiments, binding the first digital identification credential to a different biometric profile also causes the first digital identification credential to no longer be bound to the first biometric profile. Binding the digital identification credential to a biometric profile stored on the computer system provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from utilizing the digital identification credential). Requiring that a user provide biometric information corresponding to a currently applied biometric profile prior to changing the biometric profile bound to the digital identification credential provides enhanced security and can prevent unauthorized users from initiating sensitive operations and/or accessing sensitive data (e.g., by preventing an unauthorized user from changing the biometric profile that is applied to the digital identification credential).
  • Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method 1100 (e.g., FIGS. 11A-11B) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described above. For example, methods 700 and/or 900 optionally include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method 1100. For example, the digital identification credential that is enrolled in method 700 may be the digital identification credential that is used in method 900 and/or that is managed in method 1100. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.
  • The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
  • Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims.
  • As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve enrollment, use, and management of digital identification credentials. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user's health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information.
  • The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to enroll, use, and/or manage digital identification credentials. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user's general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals.
  • The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country.
  • Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of digital identification credentials, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to provide sensitive and/or personalized information during enrollment, use, and management of digital credentials. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app.
  • Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user's privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods.
  • Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, digital credentials can be enrolled and/or used by a user by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the digital credential services, or publicly available information.

Claims (31)

1-73. (canceled)
74. A computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising:
one or more processors; and
memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential;
while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential;
in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein:
the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance,
the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and
the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device;
while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
75. The computer system of claim 74, wherein:
the first set of digital credential information includes a first subset of a set of credential information that includes: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, and an age threshold determination; and
the second set of digital credential information includes a second subset of the set of credential information different from the first subset.
76. The computer system of claim 74, wherein displaying representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance includes:
displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication that a first subset of the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device but was not stored by the first external electronic device; and
displaying, via the display generation component, a second indication that a second subset of the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device and was stored by the first external electronic device.
77. The computer system of claim 74, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, entity information identifying a first entity associated with the first external electronic device; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, entity information identifying a second entity associated with the second external electronic device.
78. The computer system of claim 74, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, a first selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the first transmission instance; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, a second selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the second transmission instance.
79. The computer system of claim 74, wherein:
the second user interface further includes a third selectable option that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential; and
the one or more programs further include instructions for:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the third selectable option, displaying, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface different from the first, second, and third user interfaces.
80. The computer system of claim 79, wherein the fourth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
81. The computer system of claim 74, wherein:
the computer system stores a plurality of biometric profiles; and
the first digital identification credential is bound to a first biometric profile of the plurality of biometric profiles.
82. The computer system of claim 81, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
subsequent to displaying the second user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a fifth user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein:
in accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a first type, the fifth user interface includes a fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential; and
in accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a second type different from the first type, the fifth user interface does not include the fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential.
83. The computer system of claim 82, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
while displaying the fifth selectable option, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second set of selection inputs corresponding to selection of the fifth selection option; and
in response to detecting the second set of selection inputs, displaying, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface requesting the user to provide biometric information corresponding to the first biometric profile;
subsequent displaying the sixth user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information from a user;
in response to receiving the biometric information from the user, in accordance with a determination that the biometric information from the user corresponds to the first biometric profile, displaying a seventh user interface requesting the user to provide updated biometric information to be bound to the first digital identification credential;
subsequent to displaying the seventh user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, updated biometric information from the user; and
in response to receiving the updated biometric information from the user:
in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a second biometric profile stored on the computer system, binding the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile; and
in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a third biometric profile stored on the computer system, binding the first digital identification credential to the third biometric profile.
84. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential;
while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential;
in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein:
the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance,
the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and
the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device;
while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
85. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 84, wherein:
the first set of digital credential information includes a first subset of a set of credential information that includes: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, and an age threshold determination; and
the second set of digital credential information includes a second subset of the set of credential information different from the first subset.
86. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 84, wherein displaying representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance includes:
displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication that a first subset of the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device but was not stored by the first external electronic device; and
displaying, via the display generation component, a second indication that a second subset of the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device and was stored by the first external electronic device.
87. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 84, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, entity information identifying a first entity associated with the first external electronic device; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, entity information identifying a second entity associated with the second external electronic device.
88. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 84, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, a first selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the first transmission instance; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, a second selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the second transmission instance.
89. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 84, wherein:
the second user interface further includes a third selectable option that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential; and
the one or more programs further include instructions for:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the third selectable option, displaying, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface different from the first, second, and third user interfaces.
90. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 89, wherein the fourth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
91. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 84, wherein:
the computer system stores a plurality of biometric profiles; and
the first digital identification credential is bound to a first biometric profile of the plurality of biometric profiles.
92. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 91, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
subsequent to displaying the second user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a fifth user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein:
in accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a first type, the fifth user interface includes a fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential; and
in accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a second type different from the first type, the fifth user interface does not include the fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential.
93. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of claim 92, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
while displaying the fifth selectable option, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second set of selection inputs corresponding to selection of the fifth selection option; and
in response to detecting the second set of selection inputs, displaying, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface requesting the user to provide biometric information corresponding to the first biometric profile;
subsequent displaying the sixth user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information from a user;
in response to receiving the biometric information from the user, in accordance with a determination that the biometric information from the user corresponds to the first biometric profile, displaying a seventh user interface requesting the user to provide updated biometric information to be bound to the first digital identification credential;
subsequent to displaying the seventh user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, updated biometric information from the user; and
in response to receiving the updated biometric information from the user:
in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a second biometric profile stored on the computer system, binding the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile; and
in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a third biometric profile stored on the computer system, binding the first digital identification credential to the third biometric profile.
94. A method, comprising:
at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices:
displaying, via the display generation component, a first user interface that includes one or more representations of digital identification credentials stored on the computer system including a representation of a first digital identification credential;
while displaying the first user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential;
in response to detecting the one or more user inputs corresponding to selection of the representation of the first digital identification credential, displaying, via the display generation component, a second user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein:
the second user interface includes representations of a plurality of information transmission instances associated with the first digital identification credential, including a representation of a first transmission instance and a representation of a second transmission instance,
the first transmission instance corresponds to a first instance in which a first set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a first external electronic device, and
the second transmission instance corresponds to a second instance in which a second set of digital credential information associated with the first digital identification credential was transmitted to a second external electronic device;
while displaying the second user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more selection inputs; and
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, representations of the second set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the second external electronic device in the second instance.
95. The method of claim 94, wherein:
the first set of digital credential information includes a first subset of a set of credential information that includes: name, address, date of birth, identification photo, gender, height, identification issue date, identification expiration date, and an age threshold determination; and
the second set of digital credential information includes a second subset of the set of credential information different from the first subset.
96. The method of claim 94, wherein displaying representations of the first set of digital credential information that was transmitted to the first external electronic device in the first instance includes:
displaying, via the display generation component, a first indication that a first subset of the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device but was not stored by the first external electronic device; and
displaying, via the display generation component, a second indication that a second subset of the first set of digital credential information was transmitted to the first external electronic device and was stored by the first external electronic device.
97. The method of claim 94, further comprising:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, entity information identifying a first entity associated with the first external electronic device; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, entity information identifying a second entity associated with the second external electronic device.
98. The method of claim 94, further comprising:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the first transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, a first selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the first transmission instance; and
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the representation of the second transmission instance, displaying, via the display generation component, a second selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for reporting an issue corresponding to the second transmission instance.
99. The method of claim 94, wherein:
the second user interface further includes a third selectable option that is selectable to display digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential; and
the method further comprises:
in response to detecting the one or more selection inputs:
in accordance with a determination that the one or more selection inputs correspond to selection of the third selectable option, displaying, via the display generation component, a fourth user interface different from the first, second, and third user interfaces.
100. The method of claim 99, wherein the fourth user interface displays digital credential information corresponding to the first digital identification credential.
101. The method of claim 94, wherein:
the computer system stores a plurality of biometric profiles; and
the first digital identification credential is bound to a first biometric profile of the plurality of biometric profiles.
102. The method of claim 101, further comprising:
subsequent to displaying the second user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a fifth user interface corresponding to the first digital identification credential, wherein:
in accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a first type, the fifth user interface includes a fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential; and
in accordance with a determination that the first biometric profile is a biometric profile of a second type different from the first type, the fifth user interface does not include the fifth selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process for changing the biometric profile that is bound to the first digital identification credential.
103. The method of claim 102, further comprising:
while displaying the fifth selectable option, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second set of selection inputs corresponding to selection of the fifth selection option; and
in response to detecting the second set of selection inputs, displaying, via the display generation component, a sixth user interface requesting the user to provide biometric information corresponding to the first biometric profile;
subsequent displaying the sixth user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, biometric information from a user;
in response to receiving the biometric information from the user, in accordance with a determination that the biometric information from the user corresponds to the first biometric profile, displaying a seventh user interface requesting the user to provide updated biometric information to be bound to the first digital identification credential;
subsequent to displaying the seventh user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, updated biometric information from the user; and
in response to receiving the updated biometric information from the user:
in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a second biometric profile stored on the computer system, binding the first digital identification credential to the second biometric profile; and
in accordance with a determination that the updated biometric information corresponds to a third biometric profile stored on the computer system, binding the first digital identification credential to the third biometric profile.
US17/485,098 2021-06-06 2021-09-24 Digital identification credential user interfaces Active US11526591B1 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/485,098 US11526591B1 (en) 2021-06-06 2021-09-24 Digital identification credential user interfaces
KR1020237018460A KR20240019056A (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital ID Credential User Interfaces
CN202310865934.0A CN116991521B (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital identification credential user interface
EP22732745.9A EP4226338A2 (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital identification credential user interfaces
PCT/US2022/030567 WO2022260851A2 (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital identification credential user interfaces
CN202410869730.9A CN118796327A (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital identification credential user interface
JP2023528157A JP7450124B2 (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital identification credentials user interface
CN202280007446.XA CN116529788A (en) 2021-06-06 2022-05-23 Digital identification credential user interface
JP2024032427A JP2024088633A (en) 2021-06-06 2024-03-04 Digital Identification Credential User Interface

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163197432P 2021-06-06 2021-06-06
US17/485,098 US11526591B1 (en) 2021-06-06 2021-09-24 Digital identification credential user interfaces

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220391482A1 true US20220391482A1 (en) 2022-12-08
US11526591B1 US11526591B1 (en) 2022-12-13

Family

ID=84285128

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/485,086 Active US11663309B2 (en) 2021-06-06 2021-09-24 Digital identification credential user interfaces
US17/485,098 Active US11526591B1 (en) 2021-06-06 2021-09-24 Digital identification credential user interfaces

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/485,086 Active US11663309B2 (en) 2021-06-06 2021-09-24 Digital identification credential user interfaces

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US11663309B2 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11643048B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2023-05-09 Apple Inc. Mobile key enrollment and use
US11663309B2 (en) 2021-06-06 2023-05-30 Apple Inc. Digital identification credential user interfaces
US11775151B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2023-10-03 Apple Inc. Sharing and using passes or accounts
JP7371818B1 (en) * 2023-03-22 2023-10-31 日本電気株式会社 Terminal, system, terminal control method and program
USD1003927S1 (en) * 2021-03-29 2023-11-07 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD1007521S1 (en) * 2021-06-04 2023-12-12 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US11922731B1 (en) 2021-06-30 2024-03-05 Jumio Corporation Liveness detection
US11950101B2 (en) 2020-04-13 2024-04-02 Apple Inc. Checkpoint identity verification using mobile identification credential
US11981181B2 (en) 2021-04-19 2024-05-14 Apple Inc. User interfaces for an electronic key
US12030458B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2024-07-09 Apple Inc. Mobile key enrollment and use
USD1042484S1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2024-09-17 Amazon Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. Display screen, or portion thereof, with a transitional graphical user interface

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130024371A1 (en) * 2011-02-22 2013-01-24 Prakash Hariramani Electronic offer optimization and redemption apparatuses, methods and systems
US20130073459A1 (en) * 2011-09-20 2013-03-21 Plastic Jungle, Inc. Digital exchange and mobile wallet for digital currency
US20130304642A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-11-14 Blackhawk Network, Inc. System and Method for Using Intelligent Codes to Add a Stored-Value Card to an Electronic Wallet
US20180108031A1 (en) * 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Mastercard International Incorporated Method of making a payment and loyalty transaction for goods and/or services being purchased by a consumer from a merchant
US20180335928A1 (en) * 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Apple Inc. User interfaces for peer-to-peer transfers
US20190370781A1 (en) * 2018-06-03 2019-12-05 Apple Inc. User interfaces for transfer accounts
US20210266500A1 (en) * 2016-04-14 2021-08-26 Popio Ip Holdings, Llc Methods and systems for utilizing multi-pane video communications in connection with notarizing digital documents

Family Cites Families (134)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2013027A (en) 1935-02-27 1935-09-03 Albert L Branch Combination key and card holder
US20130275008A1 (en) 1997-03-17 2013-10-17 American Vehicular Sciences Llc Vehicular Door Control Systems
US8989718B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2015-03-24 Millennial Media, Inc. Idle screen advertising
US7886962B2 (en) 2006-08-17 2011-02-15 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Multi-function transaction device
US7708194B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2010-05-04 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Virtual wallet
US8011577B2 (en) 2007-12-24 2011-09-06 Dynamics Inc. Payment cards and devices with gift card, global integration, and magnetic stripe reader communication functionality
CN101681201B (en) 2008-01-25 2012-10-17 松下电器产业株式会社 Brain wave interface system, brain wave interface device, method and computer program
US20090320125A1 (en) 2008-05-08 2009-12-24 Eastman Chemical Company Systems, methods, and computer readable media for computer security
US9082117B2 (en) * 2008-05-17 2015-07-14 David H. Chin Gesture based authentication for wireless payment by a mobile electronic device
US8126450B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2012-02-28 Embarq Holdings Company Llc System and method for key free access to a vehicle
US8443202B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2013-05-14 Daon Holdings Limited Methods and systems for authenticating users
US9203831B2 (en) 2009-11-25 2015-12-01 Red Hat, Inc. SSL client authentication
JP2011113483A (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-09 Fujitsu Ten Ltd Information processor, audio device, and information processing method
US8731583B2 (en) 2010-01-04 2014-05-20 Alcatel Lucent Interactive ID system using mobile devices
US9965756B2 (en) 2013-02-26 2018-05-08 Digimarc Corporation Methods and arrangements for smartphone payments
US8805434B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2014-08-12 Microsoft Corporation Access techniques using a mobile communication device
US10037421B2 (en) * 2010-11-29 2018-07-31 Biocatch Ltd. Device, system, and method of three-dimensional spatial user authentication
US20120166270A1 (en) 2010-12-23 2012-06-28 Apriva, Llc System and device for facilitating mobile enrollment and participation in a loyalty campaign
US9348492B1 (en) 2011-04-22 2016-05-24 Angel A. Penilla Methods and systems for providing access to specific vehicle controls, functions, environment and applications to guests/passengers via personal mobile devices
US8353448B1 (en) 2011-04-28 2013-01-15 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Method and system for using machine-readable codes to perform automated teller machine transactions through a mobile communications device
US8381969B1 (en) 2011-04-28 2013-02-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Method and system for using machine-readable codes to perform a transaction
US20120323664A1 (en) 2011-06-16 2012-12-20 Apple Inc. Integrated coupon storage, discovery, and redemption system
US8827153B1 (en) 2011-07-18 2014-09-09 Dynamics Inc. Systems and methods for waveform generation for dynamic magnetic stripe communications devices
US20140365466A1 (en) 2011-09-09 2014-12-11 Google Inc. Search result claiming
US10192217B1 (en) 2012-04-25 2019-01-29 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. System and method for receipt tracking in a mobile wallet
KR101365454B1 (en) 2012-05-25 2014-03-20 (주)유비퍼스트대원 Method for car remote control using mobile smart device
US9667700B2 (en) 2012-08-12 2017-05-30 Apple Inc. Rendering a redeemable document
US8943187B1 (en) 2012-08-30 2015-01-27 Microstrategy Incorporated Managing electronic keys
US8880239B2 (en) 2012-11-07 2014-11-04 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Credential check and authorization solution for personal vehicle rental
US20140279519A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Jumio Inc. Method and system for obtaining and using identification information
WO2014146186A1 (en) 2013-03-22 2014-09-25 Keyfree Technologies Inc. Managing access to a restricted area
CA2848428A1 (en) 2013-04-08 2014-10-08 Trapeze Software Ulc Methods and systems for keyless vehicle dispatch
US9003196B2 (en) 2013-05-13 2015-04-07 Hoyos Labs Corp. System and method for authorizing access to access-controlled environments
US9038896B2 (en) 2013-08-26 2015-05-26 Venuenext, Inc. Ticket validation system
US20150074774A1 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-03-12 Dhana Systems Corp. System, apparatus, and method for a unified identity wallet
KR101631959B1 (en) 2013-12-09 2016-06-20 엘지전자 주식회사 Vehicle control system and method thereof
US20160057138A1 (en) 2014-03-07 2016-02-25 Hoyos Labs Ip Ltd. System and method for determining liveness
KR102216653B1 (en) 2014-03-21 2021-02-17 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatas and method for conducting a communication of the fingerprint verification in an electronic device
US20150278780A1 (en) 2014-03-31 2015-10-01 Ebay Inc. Shared Digital Wallets
US10242351B1 (en) 2014-05-07 2019-03-26 Square, Inc. Digital wallet for groups
KR101509596B1 (en) 2014-05-08 2015-04-08 경북대학교 산학협력단 Mobile device system for remote starting and management of vehicle
US10043185B2 (en) 2014-05-29 2018-08-07 Apple Inc. User interface for payments
JP6369543B2 (en) * 2014-06-19 2018-08-08 日本電気株式会社 Authentication device, authentication system, authentication method, and computer program
US9798006B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2017-10-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Quantum imaging for underwater arctic navigation
US10324461B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2019-06-18 Yanmar Co., Ltd. Remote control apparatus
WO2016018028A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Device and method of setting or removing security on content
US10503912B1 (en) 2014-08-12 2019-12-10 NEXRF Corp. Multi-channel communication of data files
US20190163876A1 (en) 2014-08-20 2019-05-30 Medavail, Inc. Kiosk Dispenser Interactive Original Order Entry Software Application
US10147111B2 (en) 2014-08-21 2018-12-04 American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. System and method for transaction account owner acquisition
US9841883B2 (en) 2014-09-04 2017-12-12 Home Box Office, Inc. User interfaces for media application
US9576172B2 (en) 2014-09-16 2017-02-21 Facebook, Inc. Systems and methods for simultaneously providing and reading machine-readable codes
US20160078581A1 (en) 2014-09-16 2016-03-17 The Government of the United States of America, as Represented by the Secretary, Department of Homel Mobile customs declaration system and method
US9483886B2 (en) 2014-10-01 2016-11-01 Continental Intelligent Transportation Systems, LLC Method and system for remote access control
CN107251105B (en) 2014-10-19 2020-12-25 阿赫塔尔·哈利勒 Motor vehicle security and motor vehicle safety system
US9813400B2 (en) 2014-11-07 2017-11-07 Probaris Technologies, Inc. Computer-implemented systems and methods of device based, internet-centric, authentication
US10318955B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2019-06-11 Paypal, Inc. Attribute based card combinations for digital wallets
JP6419588B2 (en) 2015-01-19 2018-11-07 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Mobile terminal additional registration system
EP3579524B1 (en) 2015-02-13 2020-09-16 Yoti Holding Limited Digital identity system
KR102355935B1 (en) 2015-02-27 2022-01-27 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for activating applications based on rotational input
US9632664B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US9701280B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2017-07-11 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Revocation of mobile device communication control privileges
WO2016161272A1 (en) * 2015-04-03 2016-10-06 United Services Automobile Association (Usaa) Digital identification system
US10701067B1 (en) 2015-04-24 2020-06-30 Microstrategy Incorporated Credential management using wearable devices
US11538126B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2022-12-27 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security Identity verification system and method
US20190043148A1 (en) 2015-07-30 2019-02-07 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security Information collection using multiple devices
US10234953B1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2019-03-19 Google Llc Cross-device interaction through user-demonstrated gestures
US20170091765A1 (en) 2015-09-30 2017-03-30 Bank Of America Corporation Non-intrusive geo-location determination associated with transaction authorization
US11540088B2 (en) 2015-10-08 2022-12-27 Voxx International Corporation System and method for locating a portable device in different zones relative to a vehicle and with device zone indicators
US9613439B1 (en) 2015-10-16 2017-04-04 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy System and method for a hierarchical Bayesian-map approach for solving inverse problems
US20170120864A1 (en) 2015-11-02 2017-05-04 Myine Electronics, Inc. Methods and Systems for Enabling a Vehicle Drive-Away
CN208737526U (en) 2015-11-06 2019-04-12 帕林·颂巴差 Product/import of services device
KR101684188B1 (en) 2015-11-12 2016-12-07 현대자동차주식회사 Remote controller for behicle and function providing method thereof
US11734678B2 (en) 2016-01-25 2023-08-22 Apple Inc. Document importation into secure element
US10164975B1 (en) 2016-03-30 2018-12-25 Snap Inc. Authentication via camera
US10127366B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2018-11-13 Mastercard International Incorporated Systems and methods for paired device authentication
US10339521B1 (en) 2016-04-26 2019-07-02 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Device enabled identification and authentication
US11216119B2 (en) 2016-06-12 2022-01-04 Apple Inc. Displaying a predetermined view of an application
US11144849B2 (en) 2016-07-12 2021-10-12 TicketFire URL-based electronic ticket transfer
US10467623B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2019-11-05 Visa International Service Association Electronic system hardware for secure payments for vehicles
DE102016217318A1 (en) 2016-07-26 2018-02-01 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Method, computer program and device for checking authorization of a mobile communication device
US10637853B2 (en) 2016-08-05 2020-04-28 Nok Nok Labs, Inc. Authentication techniques including speech and/or lip movement analysis
US10647294B2 (en) 2016-08-31 2020-05-12 Faraday & Future Inc. Remotely granting vehicle permissions
US10328899B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2019-06-25 Denso International America, Inc. Localization and passive entry / passive start systems and methods for vehicles
US10328898B2 (en) 2016-10-12 2019-06-25 Denso International America, Inc. Passive entry / passive start systems and methods for vehicles
US10885508B2 (en) 2016-11-10 2021-01-05 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Electronic commerce transaction authentication based on a vehicle travel route data
US20180322488A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-11-08 Iatai Enterprises Inc. Communication system with multi-feature integrated digital wallet graphical user interface and related methods
US11588813B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2023-02-21 Mastercard International Incorporated Systems and methods for biometric authentication using existing databases
US11062285B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2021-07-13 Go Moto, Inc. Service kiosk
US10237070B2 (en) 2016-12-31 2019-03-19 Nok Nok Labs, Inc. System and method for sharing keys across authenticators
US11829994B1 (en) 2017-02-14 2023-11-28 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Instant wallet credit card
JP6840568B2 (en) 2017-02-23 2021-03-10 富士通フロンテック株式会社 Authentication system and authentication method
JP6754314B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2020-09-09 本田技研工業株式会社 Notification system and notification method
US10358142B2 (en) 2017-03-16 2019-07-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Safe driving support via automotive hub
RU2752007C2 (en) 2017-03-23 2021-07-21 Мастеркард Интернэшнл Инкорпорейтед Digital wallet for supply and administration of tokens
US10217304B2 (en) 2017-06-12 2019-02-26 Ivtes Ltd. Intelligent vehicular electronic key system
US10506367B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2019-12-10 Best Network Systems Inc. IOT messaging communications systems and methods
US11410163B2 (en) 2017-08-03 2022-08-09 Liquineq AG Distributed smart wallet communications platform
WO2019034991A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Patil Rajeev Shant An automated system for processing visa applications and method thereof
US10963901B2 (en) 2017-08-16 2021-03-30 Mastercard International Incorporated Systems and methods for use in facilitating enrollment in loyalty accounts
CN107679861B (en) 2017-08-30 2022-11-11 创新先进技术有限公司 Resource transfer method, fund payment method, device and electronic equipment
EP4156129A1 (en) 2017-09-09 2023-03-29 Apple Inc. Implementation of biometric enrollment
KR102185854B1 (en) * 2017-09-09 2020-12-02 애플 인크. Implementation of biometric authentication
CN107609865A (en) 2017-09-13 2018-01-19 东峡大通(北京)管理咨询有限公司 A kind of vehicle virtual Payment Card creates, lock controls, statement of account method and device
US10829088B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2020-11-10 Sensormatic Electronics, LLC Identity management for implementing vehicle access and operation management
WO2019069129A1 (en) 2017-10-04 2019-04-11 Keyfree Technologies Inc. Methods and devices for managing access to a vehicle
JP7221589B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2023-02-14 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Key information management device, key information management method, key information management program
US20190164165A1 (en) 2017-11-28 2019-05-30 Ca, Inc. Cross-device, multi-factor authentication for interactive kiosks
WO2019118773A1 (en) 2017-12-15 2019-06-20 Benesol, Inc. Dynamic dosing systems for phototherapy and associated devices, systems, and methods
US20190197527A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 Mastercard International Incorporated Method and system for facilitating digital wallet based payment card transactions
US10521662B2 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-12-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Unguided passive biometric enrollment
US20190287111A1 (en) 2018-03-14 2019-09-19 Benjamin M. Cvetkovich Payer-controlled payment processing
CN111868762A (en) 2018-03-19 2020-10-30 福特汽车公司 Proximity-based shared vehicle reservations
WO2019191213A1 (en) 2018-03-27 2019-10-03 Workday, Inc. Digital credential authentication
US11700117B2 (en) 2018-03-27 2023-07-11 Workday, Inc. System for credential storage and verification
JP2019191753A (en) 2018-04-20 2019-10-31 株式会社東海理化電機製作所 Sharing system
US10972459B2 (en) 2018-04-24 2021-04-06 Apple Inc. Identity credential verification techniques
US10810834B2 (en) 2018-07-16 2020-10-20 Igt System and method for utilizing mobile device to provide bonus awards
CN109353309A (en) 2018-09-27 2019-02-19 武汉盛硕电子有限公司 One-key start control system
US11127013B1 (en) 2018-10-05 2021-09-21 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security System and method for disambiguated biometric identification
KR20200108515A (en) 2019-02-25 2020-09-21 현대자동차주식회사 Vehicle smart key system and method for controlling using the same
US11574515B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2023-02-07 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security Fully-automated self-divesting screening system and method
US11321436B2 (en) * 2019-05-01 2022-05-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Human ID for mobile authentication
US20210089635A1 (en) 2019-09-25 2021-03-25 MeetSID LLC Biometric identity verification and protection software solution
US11643048B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2023-05-09 Apple Inc. Mobile key enrollment and use
US11437127B2 (en) * 2020-03-13 2022-09-06 NextGen Monetization Trust Trusted third-party computerized platform for AI-based health wallet
US11182774B1 (en) 2020-07-10 2021-11-23 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security Use of mobile identification credential in merchant and personal transactions
US11206544B2 (en) 2020-04-13 2021-12-21 Apple Inc. Checkpoint identity verification on validation using mobile identification credential
US11521720B2 (en) 2020-04-13 2022-12-06 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security User medical record transport using mobile identification credential
US11775151B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2023-10-03 Apple Inc. Sharing and using passes or accounts
US11157918B1 (en) 2020-07-10 2021-10-26 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of Homeland Security Official vetting using multiple confidence levels based on linked mobile identification credentials
US20220135001A1 (en) 2020-11-05 2022-05-05 Apple Inc. Mobile key user interfaces
US20220277295A1 (en) * 2021-03-01 2022-09-01 Mastercard International Incorporated Systems and methods for use in managing complex user credentials
US11981181B2 (en) 2021-04-19 2024-05-14 Apple Inc. User interfaces for an electronic key
US11663309B2 (en) 2021-06-06 2023-05-30 Apple Inc. Digital identification credential user interfaces

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130024371A1 (en) * 2011-02-22 2013-01-24 Prakash Hariramani Electronic offer optimization and redemption apparatuses, methods and systems
US20130073459A1 (en) * 2011-09-20 2013-03-21 Plastic Jungle, Inc. Digital exchange and mobile wallet for digital currency
US20130304642A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-11-14 Blackhawk Network, Inc. System and Method for Using Intelligent Codes to Add a Stored-Value Card to an Electronic Wallet
US20210266500A1 (en) * 2016-04-14 2021-08-26 Popio Ip Holdings, Llc Methods and systems for utilizing multi-pane video communications in connection with notarizing digital documents
US20180108031A1 (en) * 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Mastercard International Incorporated Method of making a payment and loyalty transaction for goods and/or services being purchased by a consumer from a merchant
US20180335928A1 (en) * 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Apple Inc. User interfaces for peer-to-peer transfers
US20190370781A1 (en) * 2018-06-03 2019-12-05 Apple Inc. User interfaces for transfer accounts

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12030458B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2024-07-09 Apple Inc. Mobile key enrollment and use
US11643048B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2023-05-09 Apple Inc. Mobile key enrollment and use
US11950101B2 (en) 2020-04-13 2024-04-02 Apple Inc. Checkpoint identity verification using mobile identification credential
US11853535B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2023-12-26 Apple Inc. Sharing and using passes or accounts
US11775151B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2023-10-03 Apple Inc. Sharing and using passes or accounts
USD1003927S1 (en) * 2021-03-29 2023-11-07 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
US11981181B2 (en) 2021-04-19 2024-05-14 Apple Inc. User interfaces for an electronic key
USD1007521S1 (en) * 2021-06-04 2023-12-12 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US11663309B2 (en) 2021-06-06 2023-05-30 Apple Inc. Digital identification credential user interfaces
US11922731B1 (en) 2021-06-30 2024-03-05 Jumio Corporation Liveness detection
USD1042484S1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2024-09-17 Amazon Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. Display screen, or portion thereof, with a transitional graphical user interface
JP7371818B1 (en) * 2023-03-22 2023-10-31 日本電気株式会社 Terminal, system, terminal control method and program
WO2024195019A1 (en) * 2023-03-22 2024-09-26 日本電気株式会社 Terminal, system, method for controlling terminal, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20220391481A1 (en) 2022-12-08
US11526591B1 (en) 2022-12-13
US11663309B2 (en) 2023-05-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11928200B2 (en) Implementation of biometric authentication
US11900372B2 (en) User interfaces for transactions
US11526591B1 (en) Digital identification credential user interfaces
US20230019250A1 (en) User interfaces for authenticating to perform secure operations
US20220284084A1 (en) User interface for enrolling a biometric feature
US11816194B2 (en) User interfaces for managing secure operations
US11601419B2 (en) User interfaces for accessing an account
US12030458B2 (en) Mobile key enrollment and use
US11643048B2 (en) Mobile key enrollment and use
US20230089689A1 (en) User interfaces for digital identification
US20220135001A1 (en) Mobile key user interfaces
US11784956B2 (en) Requests to add assets to an asset account
US12118562B2 (en) Configuring an account for a second user identity
US20230394899A1 (en) User interfaces for sharing an electronic key
AU2022200367B2 (en) Displaying a representation of a card with a layered structure
US20230394128A1 (en) Digital identification credential user interfaces
US20240104188A1 (en) Digital identification credential user interfaces
US20230316242A1 (en) User interfaces for initiating transactions
AU2022235545B2 (en) User interfaces for digital identification
US20230394123A1 (en) User interfaces for account management
US20240320673A1 (en) Contactless account information transfer user interface
CN116991521B (en) Digital identification credential user interface
WO2022260851A2 (en) Digital identification credential user interfaces
WO2023235466A1 (en) Digital identification credential user interfaces
WO2024196564A1 (en) Contactless account information transfer user interface

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:VILLANUEVA GAVIOLA, HAYA IRIS;ALLEN, ANTONIO A.;DESHPANDE, MAYURA D.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20211008 TO 20211105;REEL/FRAME:058297/0019

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE